| 1 | /* Intel 80386/80486-specific support for 32-bit ELF |
| 2 | Copyright (C) 1993-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
| 3 | |
| 4 | This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library. |
| 5 | |
| 6 | This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify |
| 7 | it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by |
| 8 | the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or |
| 9 | (at your option) any later version. |
| 10 | |
| 11 | This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, |
| 12 | but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of |
| 13 | MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the |
| 14 | GNU General Public License for more details. |
| 15 | |
| 16 | You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License |
| 17 | along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software |
| 18 | Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, |
| 19 | MA 02110-1301, USA. */ |
| 20 | |
| 21 | #include "elfxx-x86.h" |
| 22 | #include "elf-nacl.h" |
| 23 | #include "elf-vxworks.h" |
| 24 | #include "dwarf2.h" |
| 25 | #include "opcode/i386.h" |
| 26 | |
| 27 | /* 386 uses REL relocations instead of RELA. */ |
| 28 | #define USE_REL 1 |
| 29 | |
| 30 | #include "elf/i386.h" |
| 31 | |
| 32 | static reloc_howto_type elf_howto_table[]= |
| 33 | { |
| 34 | HOWTO(R_386_NONE, 0, 3, 0, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_dont, |
| 35 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_NONE", |
| 36 | TRUE, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, FALSE), |
| 37 | HOWTO(R_386_32, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, |
| 38 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_32", |
| 39 | TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE), |
| 40 | HOWTO(R_386_PC32, 0, 2, 32, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, |
| 41 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_PC32", |
| 42 | TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, TRUE), |
| 43 | HOWTO(R_386_GOT32, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, |
| 44 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_GOT32", |
| 45 | TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE), |
| 46 | HOWTO(R_386_PLT32, 0, 2, 32, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, |
| 47 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_PLT32", |
| 48 | TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, TRUE), |
| 49 | HOWTO(R_386_COPY, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, |
| 50 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_COPY", |
| 51 | TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE), |
| 52 | HOWTO(R_386_GLOB_DAT, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, |
| 53 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_GLOB_DAT", |
| 54 | TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE), |
| 55 | HOWTO(R_386_JUMP_SLOT, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, |
| 56 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_JUMP_SLOT", |
| 57 | TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE), |
| 58 | HOWTO(R_386_RELATIVE, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, |
| 59 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_RELATIVE", |
| 60 | TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE), |
| 61 | HOWTO(R_386_GOTOFF, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, |
| 62 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_GOTOFF", |
| 63 | TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE), |
| 64 | HOWTO(R_386_GOTPC, 0, 2, 32, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, |
| 65 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_GOTPC", |
| 66 | TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, TRUE), |
| 67 | |
| 68 | /* We have a gap in the reloc numbers here. |
| 69 | R_386_standard counts the number up to this point, and |
| 70 | R_386_ext_offset is the value to subtract from a reloc type of |
| 71 | R_386_16 thru R_386_PC8 to form an index into this table. */ |
| 72 | #define R_386_standard (R_386_GOTPC + 1) |
| 73 | #define R_386_ext_offset (R_386_TLS_TPOFF - R_386_standard) |
| 74 | |
| 75 | /* These relocs are a GNU extension. */ |
| 76 | HOWTO(R_386_TLS_TPOFF, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, |
| 77 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_TLS_TPOFF", |
| 78 | TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE), |
| 79 | HOWTO(R_386_TLS_IE, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, |
| 80 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_TLS_IE", |
| 81 | TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE), |
| 82 | HOWTO(R_386_TLS_GOTIE, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, |
| 83 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_TLS_GOTIE", |
| 84 | TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE), |
| 85 | HOWTO(R_386_TLS_LE, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, |
| 86 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_TLS_LE", |
| 87 | TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE), |
| 88 | HOWTO(R_386_TLS_GD, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, |
| 89 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_TLS_GD", |
| 90 | TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE), |
| 91 | HOWTO(R_386_TLS_LDM, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, |
| 92 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_TLS_LDM", |
| 93 | TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE), |
| 94 | HOWTO(R_386_16, 0, 1, 16, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, |
| 95 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_16", |
| 96 | TRUE, 0xffff, 0xffff, FALSE), |
| 97 | HOWTO(R_386_PC16, 0, 1, 16, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, |
| 98 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_PC16", |
| 99 | TRUE, 0xffff, 0xffff, TRUE), |
| 100 | HOWTO(R_386_8, 0, 0, 8, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, |
| 101 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_8", |
| 102 | TRUE, 0xff, 0xff, FALSE), |
| 103 | HOWTO(R_386_PC8, 0, 0, 8, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_signed, |
| 104 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_PC8", |
| 105 | TRUE, 0xff, 0xff, TRUE), |
| 106 | |
| 107 | #define R_386_ext (R_386_PC8 + 1 - R_386_ext_offset) |
| 108 | #define R_386_tls_offset (R_386_TLS_LDO_32 - R_386_ext) |
| 109 | /* These are common with Solaris TLS implementation. */ |
| 110 | HOWTO(R_386_TLS_LDO_32, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, |
| 111 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_TLS_LDO_32", |
| 112 | TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE), |
| 113 | HOWTO(R_386_TLS_IE_32, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, |
| 114 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_TLS_IE_32", |
| 115 | TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE), |
| 116 | HOWTO(R_386_TLS_LE_32, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, |
| 117 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_TLS_LE_32", |
| 118 | TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE), |
| 119 | HOWTO(R_386_TLS_DTPMOD32, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, |
| 120 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_TLS_DTPMOD32", |
| 121 | TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE), |
| 122 | HOWTO(R_386_TLS_DTPOFF32, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, |
| 123 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_TLS_DTPOFF32", |
| 124 | TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE), |
| 125 | HOWTO(R_386_TLS_TPOFF32, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, |
| 126 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_TLS_TPOFF32", |
| 127 | TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE), |
| 128 | HOWTO(R_386_SIZE32, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_unsigned, |
| 129 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_SIZE32", |
| 130 | TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE), |
| 131 | HOWTO(R_386_TLS_GOTDESC, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, |
| 132 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_TLS_GOTDESC", |
| 133 | TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE), |
| 134 | HOWTO(R_386_TLS_DESC_CALL, 0, 0, 0, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_dont, |
| 135 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_TLS_DESC_CALL", |
| 136 | FALSE, 0, 0, FALSE), |
| 137 | HOWTO(R_386_TLS_DESC, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, |
| 138 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_TLS_DESC", |
| 139 | TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE), |
| 140 | HOWTO(R_386_IRELATIVE, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, |
| 141 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_IRELATIVE", |
| 142 | TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE), |
| 143 | HOWTO(R_386_GOT32X, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, |
| 144 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_GOT32X", |
| 145 | TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE), |
| 146 | |
| 147 | /* Another gap. */ |
| 148 | #define R_386_ext2 (R_386_GOT32X + 1 - R_386_tls_offset) |
| 149 | #define R_386_vt_offset (R_386_GNU_VTINHERIT - R_386_ext2) |
| 150 | |
| 151 | /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable hierarchy. */ |
| 152 | HOWTO (R_386_GNU_VTINHERIT, /* type */ |
| 153 | 0, /* rightshift */ |
| 154 | 2, /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */ |
| 155 | 0, /* bitsize */ |
| 156 | FALSE, /* pc_relative */ |
| 157 | 0, /* bitpos */ |
| 158 | complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */ |
| 159 | NULL, /* special_function */ |
| 160 | "R_386_GNU_VTINHERIT", /* name */ |
| 161 | FALSE, /* partial_inplace */ |
| 162 | 0, /* src_mask */ |
| 163 | 0, /* dst_mask */ |
| 164 | FALSE), /* pcrel_offset */ |
| 165 | |
| 166 | /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable member usage. */ |
| 167 | HOWTO (R_386_GNU_VTENTRY, /* type */ |
| 168 | 0, /* rightshift */ |
| 169 | 2, /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */ |
| 170 | 0, /* bitsize */ |
| 171 | FALSE, /* pc_relative */ |
| 172 | 0, /* bitpos */ |
| 173 | complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */ |
| 174 | _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn, /* special_function */ |
| 175 | "R_386_GNU_VTENTRY", /* name */ |
| 176 | FALSE, /* partial_inplace */ |
| 177 | 0, /* src_mask */ |
| 178 | 0, /* dst_mask */ |
| 179 | FALSE) /* pcrel_offset */ |
| 180 | |
| 181 | #define R_386_vt (R_386_GNU_VTENTRY + 1 - R_386_vt_offset) |
| 182 | |
| 183 | }; |
| 184 | |
| 185 | #ifdef DEBUG_GEN_RELOC |
| 186 | #define TRACE(str) \ |
| 187 | fprintf (stderr, "i386 bfd reloc lookup %d (%s)\n", code, str) |
| 188 | #else |
| 189 | #define TRACE(str) |
| 190 | #endif |
| 191 | |
| 192 | static reloc_howto_type * |
| 193 | elf_i386_reloc_type_lookup (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| 194 | bfd_reloc_code_real_type code) |
| 195 | { |
| 196 | switch (code) |
| 197 | { |
| 198 | case BFD_RELOC_NONE: |
| 199 | TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_NONE"); |
| 200 | return &elf_howto_table[R_386_NONE]; |
| 201 | |
| 202 | case BFD_RELOC_32: |
| 203 | TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_32"); |
| 204 | return &elf_howto_table[R_386_32]; |
| 205 | |
| 206 | case BFD_RELOC_CTOR: |
| 207 | TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_CTOR"); |
| 208 | return &elf_howto_table[R_386_32]; |
| 209 | |
| 210 | case BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL: |
| 211 | TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_PC32"); |
| 212 | return &elf_howto_table[R_386_PC32]; |
| 213 | |
| 214 | case BFD_RELOC_386_GOT32: |
| 215 | TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_GOT32"); |
| 216 | return &elf_howto_table[R_386_GOT32]; |
| 217 | |
| 218 | case BFD_RELOC_386_PLT32: |
| 219 | TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_PLT32"); |
| 220 | return &elf_howto_table[R_386_PLT32]; |
| 221 | |
| 222 | case BFD_RELOC_386_COPY: |
| 223 | TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_COPY"); |
| 224 | return &elf_howto_table[R_386_COPY]; |
| 225 | |
| 226 | case BFD_RELOC_386_GLOB_DAT: |
| 227 | TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_GLOB_DAT"); |
| 228 | return &elf_howto_table[R_386_GLOB_DAT]; |
| 229 | |
| 230 | case BFD_RELOC_386_JUMP_SLOT: |
| 231 | TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_JUMP_SLOT"); |
| 232 | return &elf_howto_table[R_386_JUMP_SLOT]; |
| 233 | |
| 234 | case BFD_RELOC_386_RELATIVE: |
| 235 | TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_RELATIVE"); |
| 236 | return &elf_howto_table[R_386_RELATIVE]; |
| 237 | |
| 238 | case BFD_RELOC_386_GOTOFF: |
| 239 | TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_GOTOFF"); |
| 240 | return &elf_howto_table[R_386_GOTOFF]; |
| 241 | |
| 242 | case BFD_RELOC_386_GOTPC: |
| 243 | TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_GOTPC"); |
| 244 | return &elf_howto_table[R_386_GOTPC]; |
| 245 | |
| 246 | /* These relocs are a GNU extension. */ |
| 247 | case BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_TPOFF: |
| 248 | TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_TPOFF"); |
| 249 | return &elf_howto_table[R_386_TLS_TPOFF - R_386_ext_offset]; |
| 250 | |
| 251 | case BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_IE: |
| 252 | TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_IE"); |
| 253 | return &elf_howto_table[R_386_TLS_IE - R_386_ext_offset]; |
| 254 | |
| 255 | case BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_GOTIE: |
| 256 | TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_GOTIE"); |
| 257 | return &elf_howto_table[R_386_TLS_GOTIE - R_386_ext_offset]; |
| 258 | |
| 259 | case BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_LE: |
| 260 | TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_LE"); |
| 261 | return &elf_howto_table[R_386_TLS_LE - R_386_ext_offset]; |
| 262 | |
| 263 | case BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_GD: |
| 264 | TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_GD"); |
| 265 | return &elf_howto_table[R_386_TLS_GD - R_386_ext_offset]; |
| 266 | |
| 267 | case BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_LDM: |
| 268 | TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_LDM"); |
| 269 | return &elf_howto_table[R_386_TLS_LDM - R_386_ext_offset]; |
| 270 | |
| 271 | case BFD_RELOC_16: |
| 272 | TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_16"); |
| 273 | return &elf_howto_table[R_386_16 - R_386_ext_offset]; |
| 274 | |
| 275 | case BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL: |
| 276 | TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL"); |
| 277 | return &elf_howto_table[R_386_PC16 - R_386_ext_offset]; |
| 278 | |
| 279 | case BFD_RELOC_8: |
| 280 | TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_8"); |
| 281 | return &elf_howto_table[R_386_8 - R_386_ext_offset]; |
| 282 | |
| 283 | case BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL: |
| 284 | TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL"); |
| 285 | return &elf_howto_table[R_386_PC8 - R_386_ext_offset]; |
| 286 | |
| 287 | /* Common with Sun TLS implementation. */ |
| 288 | case BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_LDO_32: |
| 289 | TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_LDO_32"); |
| 290 | return &elf_howto_table[R_386_TLS_LDO_32 - R_386_tls_offset]; |
| 291 | |
| 292 | case BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_IE_32: |
| 293 | TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_IE_32"); |
| 294 | return &elf_howto_table[R_386_TLS_IE_32 - R_386_tls_offset]; |
| 295 | |
| 296 | case BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_LE_32: |
| 297 | TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_LE_32"); |
| 298 | return &elf_howto_table[R_386_TLS_LE_32 - R_386_tls_offset]; |
| 299 | |
| 300 | case BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_DTPMOD32: |
| 301 | TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_DTPMOD32"); |
| 302 | return &elf_howto_table[R_386_TLS_DTPMOD32 - R_386_tls_offset]; |
| 303 | |
| 304 | case BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_DTPOFF32: |
| 305 | TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_DTPOFF32"); |
| 306 | return &elf_howto_table[R_386_TLS_DTPOFF32 - R_386_tls_offset]; |
| 307 | |
| 308 | case BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_TPOFF32: |
| 309 | TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_TPOFF32"); |
| 310 | return &elf_howto_table[R_386_TLS_TPOFF32 - R_386_tls_offset]; |
| 311 | |
| 312 | case BFD_RELOC_SIZE32: |
| 313 | TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_SIZE32"); |
| 314 | return &elf_howto_table[R_386_SIZE32 - R_386_tls_offset]; |
| 315 | |
| 316 | case BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_GOTDESC: |
| 317 | TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_GOTDESC"); |
| 318 | return &elf_howto_table[R_386_TLS_GOTDESC - R_386_tls_offset]; |
| 319 | |
| 320 | case BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_DESC_CALL: |
| 321 | TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_DESC_CALL"); |
| 322 | return &elf_howto_table[R_386_TLS_DESC_CALL - R_386_tls_offset]; |
| 323 | |
| 324 | case BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_DESC: |
| 325 | TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_DESC"); |
| 326 | return &elf_howto_table[R_386_TLS_DESC - R_386_tls_offset]; |
| 327 | |
| 328 | case BFD_RELOC_386_IRELATIVE: |
| 329 | TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_IRELATIVE"); |
| 330 | return &elf_howto_table[R_386_IRELATIVE - R_386_tls_offset]; |
| 331 | |
| 332 | case BFD_RELOC_386_GOT32X: |
| 333 | TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_GOT32X"); |
| 334 | return &elf_howto_table[R_386_GOT32X - R_386_tls_offset]; |
| 335 | |
| 336 | case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT: |
| 337 | TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT"); |
| 338 | return &elf_howto_table[R_386_GNU_VTINHERIT - R_386_vt_offset]; |
| 339 | |
| 340 | case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY: |
| 341 | TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY"); |
| 342 | return &elf_howto_table[R_386_GNU_VTENTRY - R_386_vt_offset]; |
| 343 | |
| 344 | default: |
| 345 | break; |
| 346 | } |
| 347 | |
| 348 | TRACE ("Unknown"); |
| 349 | return 0; |
| 350 | } |
| 351 | |
| 352 | static reloc_howto_type * |
| 353 | elf_i386_reloc_name_lookup (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| 354 | const char *r_name) |
| 355 | { |
| 356 | unsigned int i; |
| 357 | |
| 358 | for (i = 0; i < sizeof (elf_howto_table) / sizeof (elf_howto_table[0]); i++) |
| 359 | if (elf_howto_table[i].name != NULL |
| 360 | && strcasecmp (elf_howto_table[i].name, r_name) == 0) |
| 361 | return &elf_howto_table[i]; |
| 362 | |
| 363 | return NULL; |
| 364 | } |
| 365 | |
| 366 | static reloc_howto_type * |
| 367 | elf_i386_rtype_to_howto (bfd *abfd, unsigned r_type) |
| 368 | { |
| 369 | unsigned int indx; |
| 370 | |
| 371 | if ((indx = r_type) >= R_386_standard |
| 372 | && ((indx = r_type - R_386_ext_offset) - R_386_standard |
| 373 | >= R_386_ext - R_386_standard) |
| 374 | && ((indx = r_type - R_386_tls_offset) - R_386_ext |
| 375 | >= R_386_ext2 - R_386_ext) |
| 376 | && ((indx = r_type - R_386_vt_offset) - R_386_ext2 |
| 377 | >= R_386_vt - R_386_ext2)) |
| 378 | { |
| 379 | /* xgettext:c-format */ |
| 380 | _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: invalid relocation type %d"), |
| 381 | abfd, (int) r_type); |
| 382 | indx = R_386_NONE; |
| 383 | } |
| 384 | /* PR 17512: file: 0f67f69d. */ |
| 385 | if (elf_howto_table [indx].type != r_type) |
| 386 | return NULL; |
| 387 | return &elf_howto_table[indx]; |
| 388 | } |
| 389 | |
| 390 | static void |
| 391 | elf_i386_info_to_howto_rel (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| 392 | arelent *cache_ptr, |
| 393 | Elf_Internal_Rela *dst) |
| 394 | { |
| 395 | unsigned int r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info); |
| 396 | cache_ptr->howto = elf_i386_rtype_to_howto (abfd, r_type); |
| 397 | } |
| 398 | |
| 399 | /* Return whether a symbol name implies a local label. The UnixWare |
| 400 | 2.1 cc generates temporary symbols that start with .X, so we |
| 401 | recognize them here. FIXME: do other SVR4 compilers also use .X?. |
| 402 | If so, we should move the .X recognition into |
| 403 | _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name. */ |
| 404 | |
| 405 | static bfd_boolean |
| 406 | elf_i386_is_local_label_name (bfd *abfd, const char *name) |
| 407 | { |
| 408 | if (name[0] == '.' && name[1] == 'X') |
| 409 | return TRUE; |
| 410 | |
| 411 | return _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (abfd, name); |
| 412 | } |
| 413 | \f |
| 414 | /* Support for core dump NOTE sections. */ |
| 415 | |
| 416 | static bfd_boolean |
| 417 | elf_i386_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
| 418 | { |
| 419 | int offset; |
| 420 | size_t size; |
| 421 | |
| 422 | if (note->namesz == 8 && strcmp (note->namedata, "FreeBSD") == 0) |
| 423 | { |
| 424 | int pr_version = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata); |
| 425 | |
| 426 | if (pr_version != 1) |
| 427 | return FALSE; |
| 428 | |
| 429 | /* pr_cursig */ |
| 430 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 20); |
| 431 | |
| 432 | /* pr_pid */ |
| 433 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 24); |
| 434 | |
| 435 | /* pr_reg */ |
| 436 | offset = 28; |
| 437 | size = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 8); |
| 438 | } |
| 439 | else |
| 440 | { |
| 441 | switch (note->descsz) |
| 442 | { |
| 443 | default: |
| 444 | return FALSE; |
| 445 | |
| 446 | case 144: /* Linux/i386 */ |
| 447 | /* pr_cursig */ |
| 448 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = bfd_get_16 (abfd, note->descdata + 12); |
| 449 | |
| 450 | /* pr_pid */ |
| 451 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 24); |
| 452 | |
| 453 | /* pr_reg */ |
| 454 | offset = 72; |
| 455 | size = 68; |
| 456 | |
| 457 | break; |
| 458 | } |
| 459 | } |
| 460 | |
| 461 | /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */ |
| 462 | return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", |
| 463 | size, note->descpos + offset); |
| 464 | } |
| 465 | |
| 466 | static bfd_boolean |
| 467 | elf_i386_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
| 468 | { |
| 469 | if (note->namesz == 8 && strcmp (note->namedata, "FreeBSD") == 0) |
| 470 | { |
| 471 | int pr_version = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata); |
| 472 | |
| 473 | if (pr_version != 1) |
| 474 | return FALSE; |
| 475 | |
| 476 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->program |
| 477 | = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 8, 17); |
| 478 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command |
| 479 | = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 25, 81); |
| 480 | } |
| 481 | else |
| 482 | { |
| 483 | switch (note->descsz) |
| 484 | { |
| 485 | default: |
| 486 | return FALSE; |
| 487 | |
| 488 | case 124: /* Linux/i386 elf_prpsinfo. */ |
| 489 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid |
| 490 | = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 12); |
| 491 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->program |
| 492 | = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 28, 16); |
| 493 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command |
| 494 | = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 44, 80); |
| 495 | } |
| 496 | } |
| 497 | |
| 498 | /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked |
| 499 | onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway) |
| 500 | implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */ |
| 501 | { |
| 502 | char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command; |
| 503 | int n = strlen (command); |
| 504 | |
| 505 | if (0 < n && command[n - 1] == ' ') |
| 506 | command[n - 1] = '\0'; |
| 507 | } |
| 508 | |
| 509 | return TRUE; |
| 510 | } |
| 511 | \f |
| 512 | /* Functions for the i386 ELF linker. |
| 513 | |
| 514 | In order to gain some understanding of code in this file without |
| 515 | knowing all the intricate details of the linker, note the |
| 516 | following: |
| 517 | |
| 518 | Functions named elf_i386_* are called by external routines, other |
| 519 | functions are only called locally. elf_i386_* functions appear |
| 520 | in this file more or less in the order in which they are called |
| 521 | from external routines. eg. elf_i386_check_relocs is called |
| 522 | early in the link process, elf_i386_finish_dynamic_sections is |
| 523 | one of the last functions. */ |
| 524 | |
| 525 | /* The size in bytes of an entry in the lazy procedure linkage table. */ |
| 526 | |
| 527 | #define LAZY_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 16 |
| 528 | |
| 529 | /* The size in bytes of an entry in the non-lazy procedure linkage |
| 530 | table. */ |
| 531 | |
| 532 | #define NON_LAZY_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 8 |
| 533 | |
| 534 | /* The first entry in an absolute lazy procedure linkage table looks |
| 535 | like this. See the SVR4 ABI i386 supplement to see how this works. |
| 536 | Will be padded to LAZY_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE with lazy_plt->plt0_pad_byte. */ |
| 537 | |
| 538 | static const bfd_byte elf_i386_lazy_plt0_entry[12] = |
| 539 | { |
| 540 | 0xff, 0x35, /* pushl contents of address */ |
| 541 | 0, 0, 0, 0, /* replaced with address of .got + 4. */ |
| 542 | 0xff, 0x25, /* jmp indirect */ |
| 543 | 0, 0, 0, 0 /* replaced with address of .got + 8. */ |
| 544 | }; |
| 545 | |
| 546 | /* Subsequent entries in an absolute lazy procedure linkage table look |
| 547 | like this. */ |
| 548 | |
| 549 | static const bfd_byte elf_i386_lazy_plt_entry[LAZY_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] = |
| 550 | { |
| 551 | 0xff, 0x25, /* jmp indirect */ |
| 552 | 0, 0, 0, 0, /* replaced with address of this symbol in .got. */ |
| 553 | 0x68, /* pushl immediate */ |
| 554 | 0, 0, 0, 0, /* replaced with offset into relocation table. */ |
| 555 | 0xe9, /* jmp relative */ |
| 556 | 0, 0, 0, 0 /* replaced with offset to start of .plt. */ |
| 557 | }; |
| 558 | |
| 559 | /* The first entry in a PIC lazy procedure linkage table look like |
| 560 | this. Will be padded to LAZY_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE with |
| 561 | lazy_plt->plt0_pad_byte. */ |
| 562 | |
| 563 | static const bfd_byte elf_i386_pic_lazy_plt0_entry[12] = |
| 564 | { |
| 565 | 0xff, 0xb3, 4, 0, 0, 0, /* pushl 4(%ebx) */ |
| 566 | 0xff, 0xa3, 8, 0, 0, 0 /* jmp *8(%ebx) */ |
| 567 | }; |
| 568 | |
| 569 | /* Subsequent entries in a PIC lazy procedure linkage table look like |
| 570 | this. */ |
| 571 | |
| 572 | static const bfd_byte elf_i386_pic_lazy_plt_entry[LAZY_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] = |
| 573 | { |
| 574 | 0xff, 0xa3, /* jmp *offset(%ebx) */ |
| 575 | 0, 0, 0, 0, /* replaced with offset of this symbol in .got. */ |
| 576 | 0x68, /* pushl immediate */ |
| 577 | 0, 0, 0, 0, /* replaced with offset into relocation table. */ |
| 578 | 0xe9, /* jmp relative */ |
| 579 | 0, 0, 0, 0 /* replaced with offset to start of .plt. */ |
| 580 | }; |
| 581 | |
| 582 | /* Entries in the non-lazy procedure linkage table look like this. */ |
| 583 | |
| 584 | static const bfd_byte elf_i386_non_lazy_plt_entry[NON_LAZY_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] = |
| 585 | { |
| 586 | 0xff, 0x25, /* jmp indirect */ |
| 587 | 0, 0, 0, 0, /* replaced with offset of this symbol in .got. */ |
| 588 | 0x66, 0x90 /* xchg %ax,%ax */ |
| 589 | }; |
| 590 | |
| 591 | /* Entries in the PIC non-lazy procedure linkage table look like |
| 592 | this. */ |
| 593 | |
| 594 | static const bfd_byte elf_i386_pic_non_lazy_plt_entry[NON_LAZY_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] = |
| 595 | { |
| 596 | 0xff, 0xa3, /* jmp *offset(%ebx) */ |
| 597 | 0, 0, 0, 0, /* replaced with offset of this symbol in .got. */ |
| 598 | 0x66, 0x90 /* xchg %ax,%ax */ |
| 599 | }; |
| 600 | |
| 601 | /* The first entry in an absolute IBT-enabled lazy procedure linkage |
| 602 | table looks like this. */ |
| 603 | |
| 604 | static const bfd_byte elf_i386_lazy_ibt_plt0_entry[LAZY_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] = |
| 605 | { |
| 606 | 0xff, 0x35, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* pushl GOT[1] */ |
| 607 | 0xff, 0x25, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* jmp *GOT[2] */ |
| 608 | 0x0f, 0x1f, 0x40, 0x00 /* nopl 0(%rax) */ |
| 609 | }; |
| 610 | |
| 611 | /* Subsequent entries for an absolute IBT-enabled lazy procedure linkage |
| 612 | table look like this. Subsequent entries for a PIC IBT-enabled lazy |
| 613 | procedure linkage table are the same. */ |
| 614 | |
| 615 | static const bfd_byte elf_i386_lazy_ibt_plt_entry[LAZY_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] = |
| 616 | { |
| 617 | 0xf3, 0x0f, 0x1e, 0xfb, /* endbr32 */ |
| 618 | 0x68, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* pushl immediate */ |
| 619 | 0xe9, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* jmp relative */ |
| 620 | 0x66, 0x90 /* xchg %ax,%ax */ |
| 621 | }; |
| 622 | |
| 623 | /* The first entry in a PIC IBT-enabled lazy procedure linkage table |
| 624 | look like. */ |
| 625 | |
| 626 | static const bfd_byte elf_i386_pic_lazy_ibt_plt0_entry[LAZY_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] = |
| 627 | { |
| 628 | 0xff, 0xb3, 4, 0, 0, 0, /* pushl 4(%ebx) */ |
| 629 | 0xff, 0xa3, 8, 0, 0, 0, /* jmp *8(%ebx) */ |
| 630 | 0x0f, 0x1f, 0x40, 0x00 /* nopl 0(%rax) */ |
| 631 | }; |
| 632 | |
| 633 | /* Entries for branches with IBT-enabled in the absolute non-lazey |
| 634 | procedure linkage table look like this. They have the same size |
| 635 | as the lazy PLT entry. */ |
| 636 | |
| 637 | static const bfd_byte elf_i386_non_lazy_ibt_plt_entry[LAZY_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] = |
| 638 | { |
| 639 | 0xf3, 0x0f, 0x1e, 0xfb, /* endbr32 */ |
| 640 | 0xff, 0x25, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* jmp *name@GOT */ |
| 641 | 0x66, 0x0f, 0x1f, 0x44, 0x00, 0x00 /* nopw 0x0(%rax,%rax,1) */ |
| 642 | }; |
| 643 | |
| 644 | /* Entries for branches with IBT-enabled in the PIC non-lazey procedure |
| 645 | linkage table look like this. They have the same size as the lazy |
| 646 | PLT entry. */ |
| 647 | |
| 648 | static const bfd_byte elf_i386_pic_non_lazy_ibt_plt_entry[LAZY_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] = |
| 649 | { |
| 650 | 0xf3, 0x0f, 0x1e, 0xfb, /* endbr32 */ |
| 651 | 0xff, 0xa3, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* jmp *name@GOT(%ebx) */ |
| 652 | 0x66, 0x0f, 0x1f, 0x44, 0x00, 0x00 /* nopw 0x0(%rax,%rax,1) */ |
| 653 | }; |
| 654 | |
| 655 | /* .eh_frame covering the lazy .plt section. */ |
| 656 | |
| 657 | static const bfd_byte elf_i386_eh_frame_lazy_plt[] = |
| 658 | { |
| 659 | #define PLT_CIE_LENGTH 20 |
| 660 | #define PLT_FDE_LENGTH 36 |
| 661 | #define PLT_FDE_START_OFFSET 4 + PLT_CIE_LENGTH + 8 |
| 662 | #define PLT_FDE_LEN_OFFSET 4 + PLT_CIE_LENGTH + 12 |
| 663 | PLT_CIE_LENGTH, 0, 0, 0, /* CIE length */ |
| 664 | 0, 0, 0, 0, /* CIE ID */ |
| 665 | 1, /* CIE version */ |
| 666 | 'z', 'R', 0, /* Augmentation string */ |
| 667 | 1, /* Code alignment factor */ |
| 668 | 0x7c, /* Data alignment factor */ |
| 669 | 8, /* Return address column */ |
| 670 | 1, /* Augmentation size */ |
| 671 | DW_EH_PE_pcrel | DW_EH_PE_sdata4, /* FDE encoding */ |
| 672 | DW_CFA_def_cfa, 4, 4, /* DW_CFA_def_cfa: r4 (esp) ofs 4 */ |
| 673 | DW_CFA_offset + 8, 1, /* DW_CFA_offset: r8 (eip) at cfa-4 */ |
| 674 | DW_CFA_nop, DW_CFA_nop, |
| 675 | |
| 676 | PLT_FDE_LENGTH, 0, 0, 0, /* FDE length */ |
| 677 | PLT_CIE_LENGTH + 8, 0, 0, 0, /* CIE pointer */ |
| 678 | 0, 0, 0, 0, /* R_386_PC32 .plt goes here */ |
| 679 | 0, 0, 0, 0, /* .plt size goes here */ |
| 680 | 0, /* Augmentation size */ |
| 681 | DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset, 8, /* DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset: 8 */ |
| 682 | DW_CFA_advance_loc + 6, /* DW_CFA_advance_loc: 6 to __PLT__+6 */ |
| 683 | DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset, 12, /* DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset: 12 */ |
| 684 | DW_CFA_advance_loc + 10, /* DW_CFA_advance_loc: 10 to __PLT__+16 */ |
| 685 | DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression, /* DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression */ |
| 686 | 11, /* Block length */ |
| 687 | DW_OP_breg4, 4, /* DW_OP_breg4 (esp): 4 */ |
| 688 | DW_OP_breg8, 0, /* DW_OP_breg8 (eip): 0 */ |
| 689 | DW_OP_lit15, DW_OP_and, DW_OP_lit11, DW_OP_ge, |
| 690 | DW_OP_lit2, DW_OP_shl, DW_OP_plus, |
| 691 | DW_CFA_nop, DW_CFA_nop, DW_CFA_nop, DW_CFA_nop |
| 692 | }; |
| 693 | |
| 694 | /* .eh_frame covering the lazy .plt section with IBT-enabled. */ |
| 695 | |
| 696 | static const bfd_byte elf_i386_eh_frame_lazy_ibt_plt[] = |
| 697 | { |
| 698 | PLT_CIE_LENGTH, 0, 0, 0, /* CIE length */ |
| 699 | 0, 0, 0, 0, /* CIE ID */ |
| 700 | 1, /* CIE version */ |
| 701 | 'z', 'R', 0, /* Augmentation string */ |
| 702 | 1, /* Code alignment factor */ |
| 703 | 0x7c, /* Data alignment factor */ |
| 704 | 8, /* Return address column */ |
| 705 | 1, /* Augmentation size */ |
| 706 | DW_EH_PE_pcrel | DW_EH_PE_sdata4, /* FDE encoding */ |
| 707 | DW_CFA_def_cfa, 4, 4, /* DW_CFA_def_cfa: r4 (esp) ofs 4 */ |
| 708 | DW_CFA_offset + 8, 1, /* DW_CFA_offset: r8 (eip) at cfa-4 */ |
| 709 | DW_CFA_nop, DW_CFA_nop, |
| 710 | |
| 711 | PLT_FDE_LENGTH, 0, 0, 0, /* FDE length */ |
| 712 | PLT_CIE_LENGTH + 8, 0, 0, 0, /* CIE pointer */ |
| 713 | 0, 0, 0, 0, /* R_386_PC32 .plt goes here */ |
| 714 | 0, 0, 0, 0, /* .plt size goes here */ |
| 715 | 0, /* Augmentation size */ |
| 716 | DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset, 8, /* DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset: 8 */ |
| 717 | DW_CFA_advance_loc + 6, /* DW_CFA_advance_loc: 6 to __PLT__+6 */ |
| 718 | DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset, 12, /* DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset: 12 */ |
| 719 | DW_CFA_advance_loc + 10, /* DW_CFA_advance_loc: 10 to __PLT__+16 */ |
| 720 | DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression, /* DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression */ |
| 721 | 11, /* Block length */ |
| 722 | DW_OP_breg4, 4, /* DW_OP_breg4 (esp): 4 */ |
| 723 | DW_OP_breg8, 0, /* DW_OP_breg8 (eip): 0 */ |
| 724 | DW_OP_lit15, DW_OP_and, DW_OP_lit9, DW_OP_ge, |
| 725 | DW_OP_lit2, DW_OP_shl, DW_OP_plus, |
| 726 | DW_CFA_nop, DW_CFA_nop, DW_CFA_nop, DW_CFA_nop |
| 727 | }; |
| 728 | |
| 729 | /* .eh_frame covering the non-lazy .plt section. */ |
| 730 | |
| 731 | static const bfd_byte elf_i386_eh_frame_non_lazy_plt[] = |
| 732 | { |
| 733 | #define PLT_GOT_FDE_LENGTH 16 |
| 734 | PLT_CIE_LENGTH, 0, 0, 0, /* CIE length */ |
| 735 | 0, 0, 0, 0, /* CIE ID */ |
| 736 | 1, /* CIE version */ |
| 737 | 'z', 'R', 0, /* Augmentation string */ |
| 738 | 1, /* Code alignment factor */ |
| 739 | 0x7c, /* Data alignment factor */ |
| 740 | 8, /* Return address column */ |
| 741 | 1, /* Augmentation size */ |
| 742 | DW_EH_PE_pcrel | DW_EH_PE_sdata4, /* FDE encoding */ |
| 743 | DW_CFA_def_cfa, 4, 4, /* DW_CFA_def_cfa: r4 (esp) ofs 4 */ |
| 744 | DW_CFA_offset + 8, 1, /* DW_CFA_offset: r8 (eip) at cfa-4 */ |
| 745 | DW_CFA_nop, DW_CFA_nop, |
| 746 | |
| 747 | PLT_GOT_FDE_LENGTH, 0, 0, 0, /* FDE length */ |
| 748 | PLT_CIE_LENGTH + 8, 0, 0, 0, /* CIE pointer */ |
| 749 | 0, 0, 0, 0, /* the start of non-lazy .plt goes here */ |
| 750 | 0, 0, 0, 0, /* non-lazy .plt size goes here */ |
| 751 | 0, /* Augmentation size */ |
| 752 | DW_CFA_nop, DW_CFA_nop, DW_CFA_nop |
| 753 | }; |
| 754 | |
| 755 | /* These are the standard parameters. */ |
| 756 | static const struct elf_x86_lazy_plt_layout elf_i386_lazy_plt = |
| 757 | { |
| 758 | elf_i386_lazy_plt0_entry, /* plt0_entry */ |
| 759 | sizeof (elf_i386_lazy_plt0_entry), /* plt0_entry_size */ |
| 760 | elf_i386_lazy_plt_entry, /* plt_entry */ |
| 761 | LAZY_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE, /* plt_entry_size */ |
| 762 | 2, /* plt0_got1_offset */ |
| 763 | 8, /* plt0_got2_offset */ |
| 764 | 0, /* plt0_got2_insn_end */ |
| 765 | 2, /* plt_got_offset */ |
| 766 | 7, /* plt_reloc_offset */ |
| 767 | 12, /* plt_plt_offset */ |
| 768 | 0, /* plt_got_insn_size */ |
| 769 | 0, /* plt_plt_insn_end */ |
| 770 | 6, /* plt_lazy_offset */ |
| 771 | elf_i386_pic_lazy_plt0_entry, /* pic_plt0_entry */ |
| 772 | elf_i386_pic_lazy_plt_entry, /* pic_plt_entry */ |
| 773 | elf_i386_eh_frame_lazy_plt, /* eh_frame_plt */ |
| 774 | sizeof (elf_i386_eh_frame_lazy_plt) /* eh_frame_plt_size */ |
| 775 | }; |
| 776 | |
| 777 | static const struct elf_x86_non_lazy_plt_layout elf_i386_non_lazy_plt = |
| 778 | { |
| 779 | elf_i386_non_lazy_plt_entry, /* plt_entry */ |
| 780 | elf_i386_pic_non_lazy_plt_entry, /* pic_plt_entry */ |
| 781 | NON_LAZY_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE, /* plt_entry_size */ |
| 782 | 2, /* plt_got_offset */ |
| 783 | 0, /* plt_got_insn_size */ |
| 784 | elf_i386_eh_frame_non_lazy_plt, /* eh_frame_plt */ |
| 785 | sizeof (elf_i386_eh_frame_non_lazy_plt) /* eh_frame_plt_size */ |
| 786 | }; |
| 787 | |
| 788 | static const struct elf_x86_lazy_plt_layout elf_i386_lazy_ibt_plt = |
| 789 | { |
| 790 | elf_i386_lazy_ibt_plt0_entry, /* plt0_entry */ |
| 791 | sizeof (elf_i386_lazy_ibt_plt0_entry), /* plt0_entry_size */ |
| 792 | elf_i386_lazy_ibt_plt_entry, /* plt_entry */ |
| 793 | LAZY_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE, /* plt_entry_size */ |
| 794 | 2, /* plt0_got1_offset */ |
| 795 | 8, /* plt0_got2_offset */ |
| 796 | 0, /* plt0_got2_insn_end */ |
| 797 | 4+2, /* plt_got_offset */ |
| 798 | 4+1, /* plt_reloc_offset */ |
| 799 | 4+6, /* plt_plt_offset */ |
| 800 | 0, /* plt_got_insn_size */ |
| 801 | 0, /* plt_plt_insn_end */ |
| 802 | 0, /* plt_lazy_offset */ |
| 803 | elf_i386_pic_lazy_ibt_plt0_entry, /* pic_plt0_entry */ |
| 804 | elf_i386_lazy_ibt_plt_entry, /* pic_plt_entry */ |
| 805 | elf_i386_eh_frame_lazy_ibt_plt, /* eh_frame_plt */ |
| 806 | sizeof (elf_i386_eh_frame_lazy_ibt_plt) /* eh_frame_plt_size */ |
| 807 | }; |
| 808 | |
| 809 | static const struct elf_x86_non_lazy_plt_layout elf_i386_non_lazy_ibt_plt = |
| 810 | { |
| 811 | elf_i386_non_lazy_ibt_plt_entry, /* plt_entry */ |
| 812 | elf_i386_pic_non_lazy_ibt_plt_entry,/* pic_plt_entry */ |
| 813 | LAZY_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE, /* plt_entry_size */ |
| 814 | 4+2, /* plt_got_offset */ |
| 815 | 0, /* plt_got_insn_size */ |
| 816 | elf_i386_eh_frame_non_lazy_plt, /* eh_frame_plt */ |
| 817 | sizeof (elf_i386_eh_frame_non_lazy_plt) /* eh_frame_plt_size */ |
| 818 | }; |
| 819 | \f |
| 820 | |
| 821 | /* On VxWorks, the .rel.plt.unloaded section has absolute relocations |
| 822 | for the PLTResolve stub and then for each PLT entry. */ |
| 823 | #define PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS_SHLIB 0 |
| 824 | #define PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS 2 |
| 825 | #define PLT_NON_JUMP_SLOT_RELOCS 2 |
| 826 | |
| 827 | /* Architecture-specific backend data for i386. */ |
| 828 | |
| 829 | struct elf_i386_backend_data |
| 830 | { |
| 831 | /* Value used to fill the unused bytes of the first PLT entry. */ |
| 832 | bfd_byte plt0_pad_byte; |
| 833 | |
| 834 | /* Target system. */ |
| 835 | enum |
| 836 | { |
| 837 | is_normal, |
| 838 | is_vxworks, |
| 839 | is_nacl |
| 840 | } os; |
| 841 | }; |
| 842 | |
| 843 | #define get_elf_i386_backend_data(abfd) \ |
| 844 | ((const struct elf_i386_backend_data *) \ |
| 845 | get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->arch_data) |
| 846 | |
| 847 | /* These are the standard parameters. */ |
| 848 | static const struct elf_i386_backend_data elf_i386_arch_bed = |
| 849 | { |
| 850 | 0, /* plt0_pad_byte */ |
| 851 | is_normal /* os */ |
| 852 | }; |
| 853 | |
| 854 | #define elf_backend_arch_data &elf_i386_arch_bed |
| 855 | |
| 856 | /* Values in tls_type of x86 ELF linker hash entry. */ |
| 857 | #define GOT_TLS_IE 4 |
| 858 | #define GOT_TLS_IE_POS 5 |
| 859 | #define GOT_TLS_IE_NEG 6 |
| 860 | #define GOT_TLS_IE_BOTH 7 |
| 861 | #define GOT_TLS_GDESC 8 |
| 862 | #define GOT_TLS_GD_BOTH_P(type) \ |
| 863 | ((type) == (GOT_TLS_GD | GOT_TLS_GDESC)) |
| 864 | #define GOT_TLS_GD_P(type) \ |
| 865 | ((type) == GOT_TLS_GD || GOT_TLS_GD_BOTH_P (type)) |
| 866 | #define GOT_TLS_GDESC_P(type) \ |
| 867 | ((type) == GOT_TLS_GDESC || GOT_TLS_GD_BOTH_P (type)) |
| 868 | #define GOT_TLS_GD_ANY_P(type) \ |
| 869 | (GOT_TLS_GD_P (type) || GOT_TLS_GDESC_P (type)) |
| 870 | |
| 871 | #define is_i386_elf(bfd) \ |
| 872 | (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \ |
| 873 | && elf_tdata (bfd) != NULL \ |
| 874 | && elf_object_id (bfd) == I386_ELF_DATA) |
| 875 | |
| 876 | static bfd_boolean |
| 877 | elf_i386_mkobject (bfd *abfd) |
| 878 | { |
| 879 | return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd, |
| 880 | sizeof (struct elf_x86_obj_tdata), |
| 881 | I386_ELF_DATA); |
| 882 | } |
| 883 | |
| 884 | #define elf_i386_compute_jump_table_size(htab) \ |
| 885 | ((htab)->elf.srelplt->reloc_count * 4) |
| 886 | |
| 887 | /* Return TRUE if the TLS access code sequence support transition |
| 888 | from R_TYPE. */ |
| 889 | |
| 890 | static bfd_boolean |
| 891 | elf_i386_check_tls_transition (asection *sec, |
| 892 | bfd_byte *contents, |
| 893 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr, |
| 894 | struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes, |
| 895 | unsigned int r_type, |
| 896 | const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, |
| 897 | const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend) |
| 898 | { |
| 899 | unsigned int val, type, reg; |
| 900 | unsigned long r_symndx; |
| 901 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; |
| 902 | bfd_vma offset; |
| 903 | bfd_byte *call; |
| 904 | bfd_boolean indirect_call; |
| 905 | |
| 906 | offset = rel->r_offset; |
| 907 | switch (r_type) |
| 908 | { |
| 909 | case R_386_TLS_GD: |
| 910 | case R_386_TLS_LDM: |
| 911 | if (offset < 2 || (rel + 1) >= relend) |
| 912 | return FALSE; |
| 913 | |
| 914 | indirect_call = FALSE; |
| 915 | call = contents + offset + 4; |
| 916 | val = *(call - 5); |
| 917 | type = *(call - 6); |
| 918 | if (r_type == R_386_TLS_GD) |
| 919 | { |
| 920 | /* Check transition from GD access model. Only |
| 921 | leal foo@tlsgd(,%ebx,1), %eax |
| 922 | call ___tls_get_addr@PLT |
| 923 | or |
| 924 | leal foo@tlsgd(%ebx) %eax |
| 925 | call ___tls_get_addr@PLT |
| 926 | nop |
| 927 | or |
| 928 | leal foo@tlsgd(%reg), %eax |
| 929 | call *___tls_get_addr@GOT(%reg) |
| 930 | which may be converted to |
| 931 | addr32 call ___tls_get_addr |
| 932 | can transit to different access model. */ |
| 933 | if ((offset + 10) > sec->size |
| 934 | || (type != 0x8d && type != 0x04)) |
| 935 | return FALSE; |
| 936 | |
| 937 | if (type == 0x04) |
| 938 | { |
| 939 | /* leal foo@tlsgd(,%ebx,1), %eax |
| 940 | call ___tls_get_addr@PLT */ |
| 941 | if (offset < 3) |
| 942 | return FALSE; |
| 943 | |
| 944 | if (*(call - 7) != 0x8d |
| 945 | || val != 0x1d |
| 946 | || call[0] != 0xe8) |
| 947 | return FALSE; |
| 948 | } |
| 949 | else |
| 950 | { |
| 951 | /* This must be |
| 952 | leal foo@tlsgd(%ebx), %eax |
| 953 | call ___tls_get_addr@PLT |
| 954 | nop |
| 955 | or |
| 956 | leal foo@tlsgd(%reg), %eax |
| 957 | call *___tls_get_addr@GOT(%reg) |
| 958 | which may be converted to |
| 959 | addr32 call ___tls_get_addr |
| 960 | |
| 961 | %eax can't be used as the GOT base register since it |
| 962 | is used to pass parameter to ___tls_get_addr. */ |
| 963 | reg = val & 7; |
| 964 | if ((val & 0xf8) != 0x80 || reg == 4 || reg == 0) |
| 965 | return FALSE; |
| 966 | |
| 967 | indirect_call = call[0] == 0xff; |
| 968 | if (!(reg == 3 && call[0] == 0xe8 && call[5] == 0x90) |
| 969 | && !(call[0] == 0x67 && call[1] == 0xe8) |
| 970 | && !(indirect_call |
| 971 | && (call[1] & 0xf8) == 0x90 |
| 972 | && (call[1] & 0x7) == reg)) |
| 973 | return FALSE; |
| 974 | } |
| 975 | } |
| 976 | else |
| 977 | { |
| 978 | /* Check transition from LD access model. Only |
| 979 | leal foo@tlsldm(%ebx), %eax |
| 980 | call ___tls_get_addr@PLT |
| 981 | or |
| 982 | leal foo@tlsldm(%reg), %eax |
| 983 | call *___tls_get_addr@GOT(%reg) |
| 984 | which may be converted to |
| 985 | addr32 call ___tls_get_addr |
| 986 | can transit to different access model. */ |
| 987 | if (type != 0x8d || (offset + 9) > sec->size) |
| 988 | return FALSE; |
| 989 | |
| 990 | /* %eax can't be used as the GOT base register since it is |
| 991 | used to pass parameter to ___tls_get_addr. */ |
| 992 | reg = val & 7; |
| 993 | if ((val & 0xf8) != 0x80 || reg == 4 || reg == 0) |
| 994 | return FALSE; |
| 995 | |
| 996 | indirect_call = call[0] == 0xff; |
| 997 | if (!(reg == 3 && call[0] == 0xe8) |
| 998 | && !(call[0] == 0x67 && call[1] == 0xe8) |
| 999 | && !(indirect_call |
| 1000 | && (call[1] & 0xf8) == 0x90 |
| 1001 | && (call[1] & 0x7) == reg)) |
| 1002 | return FALSE; |
| 1003 | } |
| 1004 | |
| 1005 | r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel[1].r_info); |
| 1006 | if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info) |
| 1007 | return FALSE; |
| 1008 | |
| 1009 | h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info]; |
| 1010 | if (h == NULL |
| 1011 | || !((struct elf_x86_link_hash_entry *) h)->tls_get_addr) |
| 1012 | return FALSE; |
| 1013 | else if (indirect_call) |
| 1014 | return (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info) == R_386_GOT32X); |
| 1015 | else |
| 1016 | return (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info) == R_386_PC32 |
| 1017 | || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info) == R_386_PLT32); |
| 1018 | |
| 1019 | case R_386_TLS_IE: |
| 1020 | /* Check transition from IE access model: |
| 1021 | movl foo@indntpoff(%rip), %eax |
| 1022 | movl foo@indntpoff(%rip), %reg |
| 1023 | addl foo@indntpoff(%rip), %reg |
| 1024 | */ |
| 1025 | |
| 1026 | if (offset < 1 || (offset + 4) > sec->size) |
| 1027 | return FALSE; |
| 1028 | |
| 1029 | /* Check "movl foo@tpoff(%rip), %eax" first. */ |
| 1030 | val = bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + offset - 1); |
| 1031 | if (val == 0xa1) |
| 1032 | return TRUE; |
| 1033 | |
| 1034 | if (offset < 2) |
| 1035 | return FALSE; |
| 1036 | |
| 1037 | /* Check movl|addl foo@tpoff(%rip), %reg. */ |
| 1038 | type = bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + offset - 2); |
| 1039 | return ((type == 0x8b || type == 0x03) |
| 1040 | && (val & 0xc7) == 0x05); |
| 1041 | |
| 1042 | case R_386_TLS_GOTIE: |
| 1043 | case R_386_TLS_IE_32: |
| 1044 | /* Check transition from {IE_32,GOTIE} access model: |
| 1045 | subl foo@{tpoff,gontoff}(%reg1), %reg2 |
| 1046 | movl foo@{tpoff,gontoff}(%reg1), %reg2 |
| 1047 | addl foo@{tpoff,gontoff}(%reg1), %reg2 |
| 1048 | */ |
| 1049 | |
| 1050 | if (offset < 2 || (offset + 4) > sec->size) |
| 1051 | return FALSE; |
| 1052 | |
| 1053 | val = bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + offset - 1); |
| 1054 | if ((val & 0xc0) != 0x80 || (val & 7) == 4) |
| 1055 | return FALSE; |
| 1056 | |
| 1057 | type = bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + offset - 2); |
| 1058 | return type == 0x8b || type == 0x2b || type == 0x03; |
| 1059 | |
| 1060 | case R_386_TLS_GOTDESC: |
| 1061 | /* Check transition from GDesc access model: |
| 1062 | leal x@tlsdesc(%ebx), %eax |
| 1063 | |
| 1064 | Make sure it's a leal adding ebx to a 32-bit offset |
| 1065 | into any register, although it's probably almost always |
| 1066 | going to be eax. */ |
| 1067 | |
| 1068 | if (offset < 2 || (offset + 4) > sec->size) |
| 1069 | return FALSE; |
| 1070 | |
| 1071 | if (bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + offset - 2) != 0x8d) |
| 1072 | return FALSE; |
| 1073 | |
| 1074 | val = bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + offset - 1); |
| 1075 | return (val & 0xc7) == 0x83; |
| 1076 | |
| 1077 | case R_386_TLS_DESC_CALL: |
| 1078 | /* Check transition from GDesc access model: |
| 1079 | call *x@tlsdesc(%eax) |
| 1080 | */ |
| 1081 | if (offset + 2 <= sec->size) |
| 1082 | { |
| 1083 | /* Make sure that it's a call *x@tlsdesc(%eax). */ |
| 1084 | call = contents + offset; |
| 1085 | return call[0] == 0xff && call[1] == 0x10; |
| 1086 | } |
| 1087 | |
| 1088 | return FALSE; |
| 1089 | |
| 1090 | default: |
| 1091 | abort (); |
| 1092 | } |
| 1093 | } |
| 1094 | |
| 1095 | /* Return TRUE if the TLS access transition is OK or no transition |
| 1096 | will be performed. Update R_TYPE if there is a transition. */ |
| 1097 | |
| 1098 | static bfd_boolean |
| 1099 | elf_i386_tls_transition (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd *abfd, |
| 1100 | asection *sec, bfd_byte *contents, |
| 1101 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr, |
| 1102 | struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes, |
| 1103 | unsigned int *r_type, int tls_type, |
| 1104 | const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, |
| 1105 | const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend, |
| 1106 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, |
| 1107 | unsigned long r_symndx, |
| 1108 | bfd_boolean from_relocate_section) |
| 1109 | { |
| 1110 | unsigned int from_type = *r_type; |
| 1111 | unsigned int to_type = from_type; |
| 1112 | bfd_boolean check = TRUE; |
| 1113 | |
| 1114 | /* Skip TLS transition for functions. */ |
| 1115 | if (h != NULL |
| 1116 | && (h->type == STT_FUNC |
| 1117 | || h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)) |
| 1118 | return TRUE; |
| 1119 | |
| 1120 | switch (from_type) |
| 1121 | { |
| 1122 | case R_386_TLS_GD: |
| 1123 | case R_386_TLS_GOTDESC: |
| 1124 | case R_386_TLS_DESC_CALL: |
| 1125 | case R_386_TLS_IE_32: |
| 1126 | case R_386_TLS_IE: |
| 1127 | case R_386_TLS_GOTIE: |
| 1128 | if (bfd_link_executable (info)) |
| 1129 | { |
| 1130 | if (h == NULL) |
| 1131 | to_type = R_386_TLS_LE_32; |
| 1132 | else if (from_type != R_386_TLS_IE |
| 1133 | && from_type != R_386_TLS_GOTIE) |
| 1134 | to_type = R_386_TLS_IE_32; |
| 1135 | } |
| 1136 | |
| 1137 | /* When we are called from elf_i386_relocate_section, there may |
| 1138 | be additional transitions based on TLS_TYPE. */ |
| 1139 | if (from_relocate_section) |
| 1140 | { |
| 1141 | unsigned int new_to_type = to_type; |
| 1142 | |
| 1143 | if (bfd_link_executable (info) |
| 1144 | && h != NULL |
| 1145 | && h->dynindx == -1 |
| 1146 | && (tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE)) |
| 1147 | new_to_type = R_386_TLS_LE_32; |
| 1148 | |
| 1149 | if (to_type == R_386_TLS_GD |
| 1150 | || to_type == R_386_TLS_GOTDESC |
| 1151 | || to_type == R_386_TLS_DESC_CALL) |
| 1152 | { |
| 1153 | if (tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE_POS) |
| 1154 | new_to_type = R_386_TLS_GOTIE; |
| 1155 | else if (tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE) |
| 1156 | new_to_type = R_386_TLS_IE_32; |
| 1157 | } |
| 1158 | |
| 1159 | /* We checked the transition before when we were called from |
| 1160 | elf_i386_check_relocs. We only want to check the new |
| 1161 | transition which hasn't been checked before. */ |
| 1162 | check = new_to_type != to_type && from_type == to_type; |
| 1163 | to_type = new_to_type; |
| 1164 | } |
| 1165 | |
| 1166 | break; |
| 1167 | |
| 1168 | case R_386_TLS_LDM: |
| 1169 | if (bfd_link_executable (info)) |
| 1170 | to_type = R_386_TLS_LE_32; |
| 1171 | break; |
| 1172 | |
| 1173 | default: |
| 1174 | return TRUE; |
| 1175 | } |
| 1176 | |
| 1177 | /* Return TRUE if there is no transition. */ |
| 1178 | if (from_type == to_type) |
| 1179 | return TRUE; |
| 1180 | |
| 1181 | /* Check if the transition can be performed. */ |
| 1182 | if (check |
| 1183 | && ! elf_i386_check_tls_transition (sec, contents, |
| 1184 | symtab_hdr, sym_hashes, |
| 1185 | from_type, rel, relend)) |
| 1186 | { |
| 1187 | reloc_howto_type *from, *to; |
| 1188 | const char *name; |
| 1189 | |
| 1190 | from = elf_i386_rtype_to_howto (abfd, from_type); |
| 1191 | to = elf_i386_rtype_to_howto (abfd, to_type); |
| 1192 | |
| 1193 | if (h) |
| 1194 | name = h->root.root.string; |
| 1195 | else |
| 1196 | { |
| 1197 | struct elf_x86_link_hash_table *htab; |
| 1198 | |
| 1199 | htab = elf_x86_hash_table (info, I386_ELF_DATA); |
| 1200 | if (htab == NULL) |
| 1201 | name = "*unknown*"; |
| 1202 | else |
| 1203 | { |
| 1204 | Elf_Internal_Sym *isym; |
| 1205 | |
| 1206 | isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->sym_cache, |
| 1207 | abfd, r_symndx); |
| 1208 | name = bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd, symtab_hdr, isym, NULL); |
| 1209 | } |
| 1210 | } |
| 1211 | |
| 1212 | _bfd_error_handler |
| 1213 | /* xgettext:c-format */ |
| 1214 | (_("%B: TLS transition from %s to %s against `%s' at %#Lx " |
| 1215 | "in section `%A' failed"), |
| 1216 | abfd, from->name, to->name, name, |
| 1217 | rel->r_offset, sec); |
| 1218 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
| 1219 | return FALSE; |
| 1220 | } |
| 1221 | |
| 1222 | *r_type = to_type; |
| 1223 | return TRUE; |
| 1224 | } |
| 1225 | |
| 1226 | /* With the local symbol, foo, we convert |
| 1227 | mov foo@GOT[(%reg1)], %reg2 |
| 1228 | to |
| 1229 | lea foo[@GOTOFF(%reg1)], %reg2 |
| 1230 | and convert |
| 1231 | call/jmp *foo@GOT[(%reg)] |
| 1232 | to |
| 1233 | nop call foo/jmp foo nop |
| 1234 | When PIC is false, convert |
| 1235 | test %reg1, foo@GOT[(%reg2)] |
| 1236 | to |
| 1237 | test $foo, %reg1 |
| 1238 | and convert |
| 1239 | binop foo@GOT[(%reg1)], %reg2 |
| 1240 | to |
| 1241 | binop $foo, %reg2 |
| 1242 | where binop is one of adc, add, and, cmp, or, sbb, sub, xor |
| 1243 | instructions. */ |
| 1244 | |
| 1245 | static |
| 1246 | bfd_boolean |
| 1247 | elf_i386_convert_load_reloc (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr, |
| 1248 | bfd_byte *contents, |
| 1249 | Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, |
| 1250 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, |
| 1251 | bfd_boolean *converted, |
| 1252 | struct bfd_link_info *link_info) |
| 1253 | { |
| 1254 | struct elf_x86_link_hash_table *htab; |
| 1255 | unsigned int opcode; |
| 1256 | unsigned int modrm; |
| 1257 | bfd_boolean baseless; |
| 1258 | Elf_Internal_Sym *isym; |
| 1259 | unsigned int addend; |
| 1260 | unsigned int nop; |
| 1261 | bfd_vma nop_offset; |
| 1262 | bfd_boolean is_pic; |
| 1263 | bfd_boolean to_reloc_32; |
| 1264 | unsigned int r_type; |
| 1265 | unsigned int r_symndx; |
| 1266 | bfd_vma roff = irel->r_offset; |
| 1267 | |
| 1268 | if (roff < 2) |
| 1269 | return TRUE; |
| 1270 | |
| 1271 | /* Addend for R_386_GOT32X relocations must be 0. */ |
| 1272 | addend = bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + roff); |
| 1273 | if (addend != 0) |
| 1274 | return TRUE; |
| 1275 | |
| 1276 | htab = elf_x86_hash_table (link_info, I386_ELF_DATA); |
| 1277 | is_pic = bfd_link_pic (link_info); |
| 1278 | |
| 1279 | r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info); |
| 1280 | r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info); |
| 1281 | |
| 1282 | modrm = bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + roff - 1); |
| 1283 | baseless = (modrm & 0xc7) == 0x5; |
| 1284 | |
| 1285 | if (baseless && is_pic) |
| 1286 | { |
| 1287 | /* For PIC, disallow R_386_GOT32X without a base register |
| 1288 | since we don't know what the GOT base is. */ |
| 1289 | const char *name; |
| 1290 | |
| 1291 | if (h == NULL) |
| 1292 | { |
| 1293 | isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->sym_cache, abfd, |
| 1294 | r_symndx); |
| 1295 | name = bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd, symtab_hdr, isym, NULL); |
| 1296 | } |
| 1297 | else |
| 1298 | name = h->root.root.string; |
| 1299 | |
| 1300 | _bfd_error_handler |
| 1301 | /* xgettext:c-format */ |
| 1302 | (_("%B: direct GOT relocation R_386_GOT32X against `%s' without base" |
| 1303 | " register can not be used when making a shared object"), |
| 1304 | abfd, name); |
| 1305 | return FALSE; |
| 1306 | } |
| 1307 | |
| 1308 | opcode = bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + roff - 2); |
| 1309 | |
| 1310 | /* Convert to R_386_32 if PIC is false or there is no base |
| 1311 | register. */ |
| 1312 | to_reloc_32 = !is_pic || baseless; |
| 1313 | |
| 1314 | /* Try to convert R_386_GOT32X. Get the symbol referred to by the |
| 1315 | reloc. */ |
| 1316 | if (h == NULL) |
| 1317 | { |
| 1318 | if (opcode == 0x0ff) |
| 1319 | /* Convert "call/jmp *foo@GOT[(%reg)]". */ |
| 1320 | goto convert_branch; |
| 1321 | else |
| 1322 | /* Convert "mov foo@GOT[(%reg1)], %reg2", |
| 1323 | "test %reg1, foo@GOT(%reg2)" and |
| 1324 | "binop foo@GOT[(%reg1)], %reg2". */ |
| 1325 | goto convert_load; |
| 1326 | } |
| 1327 | |
| 1328 | /* Undefined weak symbol is only bound locally in executable |
| 1329 | and its reference is resolved as 0. */ |
| 1330 | if (UNDEFINED_WEAK_RESOLVED_TO_ZERO (link_info, I386_ELF_DATA, TRUE, |
| 1331 | elf_x86_hash_entry (h))) |
| 1332 | { |
| 1333 | if (opcode == 0xff) |
| 1334 | { |
| 1335 | /* No direct branch to 0 for PIC. */ |
| 1336 | if (is_pic) |
| 1337 | return TRUE; |
| 1338 | else |
| 1339 | goto convert_branch; |
| 1340 | } |
| 1341 | else |
| 1342 | { |
| 1343 | /* We can convert load of address 0 to R_386_32. */ |
| 1344 | to_reloc_32 = TRUE; |
| 1345 | goto convert_load; |
| 1346 | } |
| 1347 | } |
| 1348 | |
| 1349 | if (opcode == 0xff) |
| 1350 | { |
| 1351 | /* We have "call/jmp *foo@GOT[(%reg)]". */ |
| 1352 | if ((h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined |
| 1353 | || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak) |
| 1354 | && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (link_info, h)) |
| 1355 | { |
| 1356 | /* The function is locally defined. */ |
| 1357 | convert_branch: |
| 1358 | /* Convert R_386_GOT32X to R_386_PC32. */ |
| 1359 | if (modrm == 0x15 || (modrm & 0xf8) == 0x90) |
| 1360 | { |
| 1361 | struct elf_x86_link_hash_entry *eh |
| 1362 | = (struct elf_x86_link_hash_entry *) h; |
| 1363 | |
| 1364 | /* Convert to "nop call foo". ADDR_PREFIX_OPCODE |
| 1365 | is a nop prefix. */ |
| 1366 | modrm = 0xe8; |
| 1367 | /* To support TLS optimization, always use addr32 prefix |
| 1368 | for "call *___tls_get_addr@GOT(%reg)". */ |
| 1369 | if (eh && eh->tls_get_addr) |
| 1370 | { |
| 1371 | nop = 0x67; |
| 1372 | nop_offset = irel->r_offset - 2; |
| 1373 | } |
| 1374 | else |
| 1375 | { |
| 1376 | nop = link_info->call_nop_byte; |
| 1377 | if (link_info->call_nop_as_suffix) |
| 1378 | { |
| 1379 | nop_offset = roff + 3; |
| 1380 | irel->r_offset -= 1; |
| 1381 | } |
| 1382 | else |
| 1383 | nop_offset = roff - 2; |
| 1384 | } |
| 1385 | } |
| 1386 | else |
| 1387 | { |
| 1388 | /* Convert to "jmp foo nop". */ |
| 1389 | modrm = 0xe9; |
| 1390 | nop = NOP_OPCODE; |
| 1391 | nop_offset = roff + 3; |
| 1392 | irel->r_offset -= 1; |
| 1393 | } |
| 1394 | |
| 1395 | bfd_put_8 (abfd, nop, contents + nop_offset); |
| 1396 | bfd_put_8 (abfd, modrm, contents + irel->r_offset - 1); |
| 1397 | /* When converting to PC-relative relocation, we |
| 1398 | need to adjust addend by -4. */ |
| 1399 | bfd_put_32 (abfd, -4, contents + irel->r_offset); |
| 1400 | irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_386_PC32); |
| 1401 | |
| 1402 | *converted = TRUE; |
| 1403 | } |
| 1404 | } |
| 1405 | else |
| 1406 | { |
| 1407 | /* We have "mov foo@GOT[(%re1g)], %reg2", |
| 1408 | "test %reg1, foo@GOT(%reg2)" and |
| 1409 | "binop foo@GOT[(%reg1)], %reg2". |
| 1410 | |
| 1411 | Avoid optimizing _DYNAMIC since ld.so may use its |
| 1412 | link-time address. */ |
| 1413 | if (h == htab->elf.hdynamic) |
| 1414 | return TRUE; |
| 1415 | |
| 1416 | /* def_regular is set by an assignment in a linker script in |
| 1417 | bfd_elf_record_link_assignment. start_stop is set on |
| 1418 | __start_SECNAME/__stop_SECNAME which mark section SECNAME. */ |
| 1419 | if (h->start_stop |
| 1420 | || ((h->def_regular |
| 1421 | || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined |
| 1422 | || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak) |
| 1423 | && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (link_info, h))) |
| 1424 | { |
| 1425 | convert_load: |
| 1426 | if (opcode == 0x8b) |
| 1427 | { |
| 1428 | if (to_reloc_32) |
| 1429 | { |
| 1430 | /* Convert "mov foo@GOT[(%reg1)], %reg2" to |
| 1431 | "mov $foo, %reg2" with R_386_32. */ |
| 1432 | r_type = R_386_32; |
| 1433 | modrm = 0xc0 | (modrm & 0x38) >> 3; |
| 1434 | bfd_put_8 (abfd, modrm, contents + roff - 1); |
| 1435 | opcode = 0xc7; |
| 1436 | } |
| 1437 | else |
| 1438 | { |
| 1439 | /* Convert "mov foo@GOT(%reg1), %reg2" to |
| 1440 | "lea foo@GOTOFF(%reg1), %reg2". */ |
| 1441 | r_type = R_386_GOTOFF; |
| 1442 | opcode = 0x8d; |
| 1443 | } |
| 1444 | } |
| 1445 | else |
| 1446 | { |
| 1447 | /* Only R_386_32 is supported. */ |
| 1448 | if (!to_reloc_32) |
| 1449 | return TRUE; |
| 1450 | |
| 1451 | if (opcode == 0x85) |
| 1452 | { |
| 1453 | /* Convert "test %reg1, foo@GOT(%reg2)" to |
| 1454 | "test $foo, %reg1". */ |
| 1455 | modrm = 0xc0 | (modrm & 0x38) >> 3; |
| 1456 | opcode = 0xf7; |
| 1457 | } |
| 1458 | else |
| 1459 | { |
| 1460 | /* Convert "binop foo@GOT(%reg1), %reg2" to |
| 1461 | "binop $foo, %reg2". */ |
| 1462 | modrm = (0xc0 |
| 1463 | | (modrm & 0x38) >> 3 |
| 1464 | | (opcode & 0x3c)); |
| 1465 | opcode = 0x81; |
| 1466 | } |
| 1467 | bfd_put_8 (abfd, modrm, contents + roff - 1); |
| 1468 | r_type = R_386_32; |
| 1469 | } |
| 1470 | |
| 1471 | bfd_put_8 (abfd, opcode, contents + roff - 2); |
| 1472 | irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type); |
| 1473 | |
| 1474 | *converted = TRUE; |
| 1475 | } |
| 1476 | } |
| 1477 | |
| 1478 | return TRUE; |
| 1479 | } |
| 1480 | |
| 1481 | /* Rename some of the generic section flags to better document how they |
| 1482 | are used here. */ |
| 1483 | #define need_convert_load sec_flg0 |
| 1484 | #define check_relocs_failed sec_flg1 |
| 1485 | |
| 1486 | /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and |
| 1487 | calculate needed space in the global offset table, procedure linkage |
| 1488 | table, and dynamic reloc sections. */ |
| 1489 | |
| 1490 | static bfd_boolean |
| 1491 | elf_i386_check_relocs (bfd *abfd, |
| 1492 | struct bfd_link_info *info, |
| 1493 | asection *sec, |
| 1494 | const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs) |
| 1495 | { |
| 1496 | struct elf_x86_link_hash_table *htab; |
| 1497 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; |
| 1498 | struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes; |
| 1499 | const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel; |
| 1500 | const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end; |
| 1501 | asection *sreloc; |
| 1502 | bfd_byte *contents; |
| 1503 | |
| 1504 | if (bfd_link_relocatable (info)) |
| 1505 | return TRUE; |
| 1506 | |
| 1507 | /* Don't do anything special with non-loaded, non-alloced sections. |
| 1508 | In particular, any relocs in such sections should not affect GOT |
| 1509 | and PLT reference counting (ie. we don't allow them to create GOT |
| 1510 | or PLT entries), there's no possibility or desire to optimize TLS |
| 1511 | relocs, and there's not much point in propagating relocs to shared |
| 1512 | libs that the dynamic linker won't relocate. */ |
| 1513 | if ((sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0) |
| 1514 | return TRUE; |
| 1515 | |
| 1516 | BFD_ASSERT (is_i386_elf (abfd)); |
| 1517 | |
| 1518 | htab = elf_x86_hash_table (info, I386_ELF_DATA); |
| 1519 | if (htab == NULL) |
| 1520 | { |
| 1521 | sec->check_relocs_failed = 1; |
| 1522 | return FALSE; |
| 1523 | } |
| 1524 | |
| 1525 | /* Get the section contents. */ |
| 1526 | if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL) |
| 1527 | contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents; |
| 1528 | else if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, sec, &contents)) |
| 1529 | { |
| 1530 | sec->check_relocs_failed = 1; |
| 1531 | return FALSE; |
| 1532 | } |
| 1533 | |
| 1534 | symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd); |
| 1535 | sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd); |
| 1536 | |
| 1537 | sreloc = NULL; |
| 1538 | |
| 1539 | rel_end = relocs + sec->reloc_count; |
| 1540 | for (rel = relocs; rel < rel_end; rel++) |
| 1541 | { |
| 1542 | unsigned int r_type; |
| 1543 | unsigned int r_symndx; |
| 1544 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; |
| 1545 | struct elf_x86_link_hash_entry *eh; |
| 1546 | Elf_Internal_Sym *isym; |
| 1547 | const char *name; |
| 1548 | bfd_boolean size_reloc; |
| 1549 | |
| 1550 | r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info); |
| 1551 | r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info); |
| 1552 | |
| 1553 | if (r_symndx >= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr)) |
| 1554 | { |
| 1555 | /* xgettext:c-format */ |
| 1556 | _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: bad symbol index: %d"), |
| 1557 | abfd, r_symndx); |
| 1558 | goto error_return; |
| 1559 | } |
| 1560 | |
| 1561 | if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info) |
| 1562 | { |
| 1563 | /* A local symbol. */ |
| 1564 | isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->sym_cache, |
| 1565 | abfd, r_symndx); |
| 1566 | if (isym == NULL) |
| 1567 | goto error_return; |
| 1568 | |
| 1569 | /* Check relocation against local STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol. */ |
| 1570 | if (ELF32_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC) |
| 1571 | { |
| 1572 | h = _bfd_elf_x86_get_local_sym_hash (htab, abfd, rel, TRUE); |
| 1573 | if (h == NULL) |
| 1574 | goto error_return; |
| 1575 | |
| 1576 | /* Fake a STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol. */ |
| 1577 | h->root.root.string = bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd, symtab_hdr, |
| 1578 | isym, NULL); |
| 1579 | h->type = STT_GNU_IFUNC; |
| 1580 | h->def_regular = 1; |
| 1581 | h->ref_regular = 1; |
| 1582 | h->forced_local = 1; |
| 1583 | h->root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined; |
| 1584 | } |
| 1585 | else |
| 1586 | h = NULL; |
| 1587 | } |
| 1588 | else |
| 1589 | { |
| 1590 | isym = NULL; |
| 1591 | h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info]; |
| 1592 | while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect |
| 1593 | || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning) |
| 1594 | h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link; |
| 1595 | } |
| 1596 | |
| 1597 | eh = (struct elf_x86_link_hash_entry *) h; |
| 1598 | if (h != NULL) |
| 1599 | { |
| 1600 | if (r_type == R_386_GOTOFF) |
| 1601 | eh->gotoff_ref = 1; |
| 1602 | |
| 1603 | /* It is referenced by a non-shared object. */ |
| 1604 | h->ref_regular = 1; |
| 1605 | h->root.non_ir_ref_regular = 1; |
| 1606 | |
| 1607 | if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC) |
| 1608 | elf_tdata (info->output_bfd)->has_gnu_symbols |
| 1609 | |= elf_gnu_symbol_ifunc; |
| 1610 | } |
| 1611 | |
| 1612 | if (! elf_i386_tls_transition (info, abfd, sec, contents, |
| 1613 | symtab_hdr, sym_hashes, |
| 1614 | &r_type, GOT_UNKNOWN, |
| 1615 | rel, rel_end, h, r_symndx, FALSE)) |
| 1616 | goto error_return; |
| 1617 | |
| 1618 | switch (r_type) |
| 1619 | { |
| 1620 | case R_386_TLS_LDM: |
| 1621 | htab->tls_ld_or_ldm_got.refcount += 1; |
| 1622 | goto create_got; |
| 1623 | |
| 1624 | case R_386_PLT32: |
| 1625 | /* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry. We |
| 1626 | actually build the entry in adjust_dynamic_symbol, |
| 1627 | because this might be a case of linking PIC code which is |
| 1628 | never referenced by a dynamic object, in which case we |
| 1629 | don't need to generate a procedure linkage table entry |
| 1630 | after all. */ |
| 1631 | |
| 1632 | /* If this is a local symbol, we resolve it directly without |
| 1633 | creating a procedure linkage table entry. */ |
| 1634 | if (h == NULL) |
| 1635 | continue; |
| 1636 | |
| 1637 | eh->has_got_reloc = 1; |
| 1638 | h->needs_plt = 1; |
| 1639 | h->plt.refcount += 1; |
| 1640 | break; |
| 1641 | |
| 1642 | case R_386_SIZE32: |
| 1643 | size_reloc = TRUE; |
| 1644 | goto do_size; |
| 1645 | |
| 1646 | case R_386_TLS_IE_32: |
| 1647 | case R_386_TLS_IE: |
| 1648 | case R_386_TLS_GOTIE: |
| 1649 | if (!bfd_link_executable (info)) |
| 1650 | info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS; |
| 1651 | /* Fall through */ |
| 1652 | |
| 1653 | case R_386_GOT32: |
| 1654 | case R_386_GOT32X: |
| 1655 | case R_386_TLS_GD: |
| 1656 | case R_386_TLS_GOTDESC: |
| 1657 | case R_386_TLS_DESC_CALL: |
| 1658 | /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry. */ |
| 1659 | { |
| 1660 | int tls_type, old_tls_type; |
| 1661 | |
| 1662 | switch (r_type) |
| 1663 | { |
| 1664 | default: |
| 1665 | case R_386_GOT32: |
| 1666 | case R_386_GOT32X: |
| 1667 | tls_type = GOT_NORMAL; |
| 1668 | break; |
| 1669 | case R_386_TLS_GD: tls_type = GOT_TLS_GD; break; |
| 1670 | case R_386_TLS_GOTDESC: |
| 1671 | case R_386_TLS_DESC_CALL: |
| 1672 | tls_type = GOT_TLS_GDESC; break; |
| 1673 | case R_386_TLS_IE_32: |
| 1674 | if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == r_type) |
| 1675 | tls_type = GOT_TLS_IE_NEG; |
| 1676 | else |
| 1677 | /* If this is a GD->IE transition, we may use either of |
| 1678 | R_386_TLS_TPOFF and R_386_TLS_TPOFF32. */ |
| 1679 | tls_type = GOT_TLS_IE; |
| 1680 | break; |
| 1681 | case R_386_TLS_IE: |
| 1682 | case R_386_TLS_GOTIE: |
| 1683 | tls_type = GOT_TLS_IE_POS; break; |
| 1684 | } |
| 1685 | |
| 1686 | if (h != NULL) |
| 1687 | { |
| 1688 | h->got.refcount += 1; |
| 1689 | old_tls_type = elf_x86_hash_entry (h)->tls_type; |
| 1690 | } |
| 1691 | else |
| 1692 | { |
| 1693 | bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts; |
| 1694 | |
| 1695 | /* This is a global offset table entry for a local symbol. */ |
| 1696 | local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd); |
| 1697 | if (local_got_refcounts == NULL) |
| 1698 | { |
| 1699 | bfd_size_type size; |
| 1700 | |
| 1701 | size = symtab_hdr->sh_info; |
| 1702 | size *= (sizeof (bfd_signed_vma) |
| 1703 | + sizeof (bfd_vma) + sizeof(char)); |
| 1704 | local_got_refcounts = (bfd_signed_vma *) |
| 1705 | bfd_zalloc (abfd, size); |
| 1706 | if (local_got_refcounts == NULL) |
| 1707 | goto error_return; |
| 1708 | elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd) = local_got_refcounts; |
| 1709 | elf_x86_local_tlsdesc_gotent (abfd) |
| 1710 | = (bfd_vma *) (local_got_refcounts + symtab_hdr->sh_info); |
| 1711 | elf_x86_local_got_tls_type (abfd) |
| 1712 | = (char *) (local_got_refcounts + 2 * symtab_hdr->sh_info); |
| 1713 | } |
| 1714 | local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] += 1; |
| 1715 | old_tls_type = elf_x86_local_got_tls_type (abfd) [r_symndx]; |
| 1716 | } |
| 1717 | |
| 1718 | if ((old_tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE) && (tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE)) |
| 1719 | tls_type |= old_tls_type; |
| 1720 | /* If a TLS symbol is accessed using IE at least once, |
| 1721 | there is no point to use dynamic model for it. */ |
| 1722 | else if (old_tls_type != tls_type && old_tls_type != GOT_UNKNOWN |
| 1723 | && (! GOT_TLS_GD_ANY_P (old_tls_type) |
| 1724 | || (tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE) == 0)) |
| 1725 | { |
| 1726 | if ((old_tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE) && GOT_TLS_GD_ANY_P (tls_type)) |
| 1727 | tls_type = old_tls_type; |
| 1728 | else if (GOT_TLS_GD_ANY_P (old_tls_type) |
| 1729 | && GOT_TLS_GD_ANY_P (tls_type)) |
| 1730 | tls_type |= old_tls_type; |
| 1731 | else |
| 1732 | { |
| 1733 | if (h) |
| 1734 | name = h->root.root.string; |
| 1735 | else |
| 1736 | name = bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd, symtab_hdr, isym, |
| 1737 | NULL); |
| 1738 | _bfd_error_handler |
| 1739 | /* xgettext:c-format */ |
| 1740 | (_("%B: `%s' accessed both as normal and " |
| 1741 | "thread local symbol"), |
| 1742 | abfd, name); |
| 1743 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
| 1744 | goto error_return; |
| 1745 | } |
| 1746 | } |
| 1747 | |
| 1748 | if (old_tls_type != tls_type) |
| 1749 | { |
| 1750 | if (h != NULL) |
| 1751 | elf_x86_hash_entry (h)->tls_type = tls_type; |
| 1752 | else |
| 1753 | elf_x86_local_got_tls_type (abfd) [r_symndx] = tls_type; |
| 1754 | } |
| 1755 | } |
| 1756 | /* Fall through */ |
| 1757 | |
| 1758 | case R_386_GOTOFF: |
| 1759 | case R_386_GOTPC: |
| 1760 | create_got: |
| 1761 | if (r_type != R_386_TLS_IE) |
| 1762 | { |
| 1763 | if (eh != NULL) |
| 1764 | eh->has_got_reloc = 1; |
| 1765 | break; |
| 1766 | } |
| 1767 | /* Fall through */ |
| 1768 | |
| 1769 | case R_386_TLS_LE_32: |
| 1770 | case R_386_TLS_LE: |
| 1771 | if (eh != NULL) |
| 1772 | eh->has_got_reloc = 1; |
| 1773 | if (bfd_link_executable (info)) |
| 1774 | break; |
| 1775 | info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS; |
| 1776 | goto do_relocation; |
| 1777 | |
| 1778 | case R_386_32: |
| 1779 | case R_386_PC32: |
| 1780 | if (eh != NULL && (sec->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0) |
| 1781 | eh->has_non_got_reloc = 1; |
| 1782 | do_relocation: |
| 1783 | /* We are called after all symbols have been resolved. Only |
| 1784 | relocation against STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol must go through |
| 1785 | PLT. */ |
| 1786 | if (h != NULL |
| 1787 | && (bfd_link_executable (info) |
| 1788 | || h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)) |
| 1789 | { |
| 1790 | /* If this reloc is in a read-only section, we might |
| 1791 | need a copy reloc. We can't check reliably at this |
| 1792 | stage whether the section is read-only, as input |
| 1793 | sections have not yet been mapped to output sections. |
| 1794 | Tentatively set the flag for now, and correct in |
| 1795 | adjust_dynamic_symbol. */ |
| 1796 | h->non_got_ref = 1; |
| 1797 | |
| 1798 | /* We may need a .plt entry if the symbol is a function |
| 1799 | defined in a shared lib or is a STT_GNU_IFUNC function |
| 1800 | referenced from the code or read-only section. */ |
| 1801 | if (!h->def_regular |
| 1802 | || (sec->flags & (SEC_CODE | SEC_READONLY)) != 0) |
| 1803 | h->plt.refcount += 1; |
| 1804 | |
| 1805 | if (r_type == R_386_PC32) |
| 1806 | { |
| 1807 | /* Since something like ".long foo - ." may be used |
| 1808 | as pointer, make sure that PLT is used if foo is |
| 1809 | a function defined in a shared library. */ |
| 1810 | if ((sec->flags & SEC_CODE) == 0) |
| 1811 | h->pointer_equality_needed = 1; |
| 1812 | else if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC |
| 1813 | && bfd_link_pic (info)) |
| 1814 | { |
| 1815 | _bfd_error_handler |
| 1816 | /* xgettext:c-format */ |
| 1817 | (_("%B: unsupported non-PIC call to IFUNC `%s'"), |
| 1818 | abfd, h->root.root.string); |
| 1819 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
| 1820 | goto error_return; |
| 1821 | } |
| 1822 | } |
| 1823 | else |
| 1824 | { |
| 1825 | h->pointer_equality_needed = 1; |
| 1826 | /* R_386_32 can be resolved at run-time. */ |
| 1827 | if (r_type == R_386_32 |
| 1828 | && (sec->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0) |
| 1829 | eh->func_pointer_refcount += 1; |
| 1830 | } |
| 1831 | } |
| 1832 | |
| 1833 | size_reloc = FALSE; |
| 1834 | do_size: |
| 1835 | /* If we are creating a shared library, and this is a reloc |
| 1836 | against a global symbol, or a non PC relative reloc |
| 1837 | against a local symbol, then we need to copy the reloc |
| 1838 | into the shared library. However, if we are linking with |
| 1839 | -Bsymbolic, we do not need to copy a reloc against a |
| 1840 | global symbol which is defined in an object we are |
| 1841 | including in the link (i.e., DEF_REGULAR is set). At |
| 1842 | this point we have not seen all the input files, so it is |
| 1843 | possible that DEF_REGULAR is not set now but will be set |
| 1844 | later (it is never cleared). In case of a weak definition, |
| 1845 | DEF_REGULAR may be cleared later by a strong definition in |
| 1846 | a shared library. We account for that possibility below by |
| 1847 | storing information in the relocs_copied field of the hash |
| 1848 | table entry. A similar situation occurs when creating |
| 1849 | shared libraries and symbol visibility changes render the |
| 1850 | symbol local. |
| 1851 | |
| 1852 | If on the other hand, we are creating an executable, we |
| 1853 | may need to keep relocations for symbols satisfied by a |
| 1854 | dynamic library if we manage to avoid copy relocs for the |
| 1855 | symbol. |
| 1856 | |
| 1857 | Generate dynamic pointer relocation against STT_GNU_IFUNC |
| 1858 | symbol in the non-code section. */ |
| 1859 | if ((bfd_link_pic (info) |
| 1860 | && (r_type != R_386_PC32 |
| 1861 | || (h != NULL |
| 1862 | && (! (bfd_link_pie (info) |
| 1863 | || SYMBOLIC_BIND (info, h)) |
| 1864 | || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak |
| 1865 | || !h->def_regular)))) |
| 1866 | || (h != NULL |
| 1867 | && h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC |
| 1868 | && r_type == R_386_32 |
| 1869 | && (sec->flags & SEC_CODE) == 0) |
| 1870 | || (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS |
| 1871 | && !bfd_link_pic (info) |
| 1872 | && h != NULL |
| 1873 | && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak |
| 1874 | || !h->def_regular))) |
| 1875 | { |
| 1876 | struct elf_dyn_relocs *p; |
| 1877 | struct elf_dyn_relocs **head; |
| 1878 | |
| 1879 | /* We must copy these reloc types into the output file. |
| 1880 | Create a reloc section in dynobj and make room for |
| 1881 | this reloc. */ |
| 1882 | if (sreloc == NULL) |
| 1883 | { |
| 1884 | sreloc = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section |
| 1885 | (sec, htab->elf.dynobj, 2, abfd, /*rela?*/ FALSE); |
| 1886 | |
| 1887 | if (sreloc == NULL) |
| 1888 | goto error_return; |
| 1889 | } |
| 1890 | |
| 1891 | /* If this is a global symbol, we count the number of |
| 1892 | relocations we need for this symbol. */ |
| 1893 | if (h != NULL) |
| 1894 | { |
| 1895 | head = &eh->dyn_relocs; |
| 1896 | } |
| 1897 | else |
| 1898 | { |
| 1899 | /* Track dynamic relocs needed for local syms too. |
| 1900 | We really need local syms available to do this |
| 1901 | easily. Oh well. */ |
| 1902 | void **vpp; |
| 1903 | asection *s; |
| 1904 | |
| 1905 | isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->sym_cache, |
| 1906 | abfd, r_symndx); |
| 1907 | if (isym == NULL) |
| 1908 | goto error_return; |
| 1909 | |
| 1910 | s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx); |
| 1911 | if (s == NULL) |
| 1912 | s = sec; |
| 1913 | |
| 1914 | vpp = &elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel; |
| 1915 | head = (struct elf_dyn_relocs **)vpp; |
| 1916 | } |
| 1917 | |
| 1918 | p = *head; |
| 1919 | if (p == NULL || p->sec != sec) |
| 1920 | { |
| 1921 | bfd_size_type amt = sizeof *p; |
| 1922 | p = (struct elf_dyn_relocs *) bfd_alloc (htab->elf.dynobj, |
| 1923 | amt); |
| 1924 | if (p == NULL) |
| 1925 | goto error_return; |
| 1926 | p->next = *head; |
| 1927 | *head = p; |
| 1928 | p->sec = sec; |
| 1929 | p->count = 0; |
| 1930 | p->pc_count = 0; |
| 1931 | } |
| 1932 | |
| 1933 | p->count += 1; |
| 1934 | /* Count size relocation as PC-relative relocation. */ |
| 1935 | if (r_type == R_386_PC32 || size_reloc) |
| 1936 | p->pc_count += 1; |
| 1937 | } |
| 1938 | break; |
| 1939 | |
| 1940 | /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy. |
| 1941 | Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */ |
| 1942 | case R_386_GNU_VTINHERIT: |
| 1943 | if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset)) |
| 1944 | goto error_return; |
| 1945 | break; |
| 1946 | |
| 1947 | /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually |
| 1948 | used. Record for later use during GC. */ |
| 1949 | case R_386_GNU_VTENTRY: |
| 1950 | BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL); |
| 1951 | if (h != NULL |
| 1952 | && !bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset)) |
| 1953 | goto error_return; |
| 1954 | break; |
| 1955 | |
| 1956 | default: |
| 1957 | break; |
| 1958 | } |
| 1959 | |
| 1960 | if (r_type == R_386_GOT32X |
| 1961 | && (h == NULL || h->type != STT_GNU_IFUNC)) |
| 1962 | sec->need_convert_load = 1; |
| 1963 | } |
| 1964 | |
| 1965 | if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents) |
| 1966 | { |
| 1967 | if (!info->keep_memory) |
| 1968 | free (contents); |
| 1969 | else |
| 1970 | { |
| 1971 | /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */ |
| 1972 | elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents; |
| 1973 | } |
| 1974 | } |
| 1975 | |
| 1976 | return TRUE; |
| 1977 | |
| 1978 | error_return: |
| 1979 | if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents) |
| 1980 | free (contents); |
| 1981 | sec->check_relocs_failed = 1; |
| 1982 | return FALSE; |
| 1983 | } |
| 1984 | |
| 1985 | /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given |
| 1986 | relocation. */ |
| 1987 | |
| 1988 | static asection * |
| 1989 | elf_i386_gc_mark_hook (asection *sec, |
| 1990 | struct bfd_link_info *info, |
| 1991 | Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, |
| 1992 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, |
| 1993 | Elf_Internal_Sym *sym) |
| 1994 | { |
| 1995 | if (h != NULL) |
| 1996 | switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info)) |
| 1997 | { |
| 1998 | case R_386_GNU_VTINHERIT: |
| 1999 | case R_386_GNU_VTENTRY: |
| 2000 | return NULL; |
| 2001 | } |
| 2002 | |
| 2003 | return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec, info, rel, h, sym); |
| 2004 | } |
| 2005 | |
| 2006 | /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a |
| 2007 | regular object. The current definition is in some section of the |
| 2008 | dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to |
| 2009 | change the definition to something the rest of the link can |
| 2010 | understand. */ |
| 2011 | |
| 2012 | static bfd_boolean |
| 2013 | elf_i386_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info, |
| 2014 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *h) |
| 2015 | { |
| 2016 | struct elf_x86_link_hash_table *htab; |
| 2017 | asection *s, *srel; |
| 2018 | struct elf_x86_link_hash_entry *eh; |
| 2019 | struct elf_dyn_relocs *p; |
| 2020 | |
| 2021 | /* STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol must go through PLT. */ |
| 2022 | if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC) |
| 2023 | { |
| 2024 | /* All local STT_GNU_IFUNC references must be treate as local |
| 2025 | calls via local PLT. */ |
| 2026 | if (h->ref_regular |
| 2027 | && SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)) |
| 2028 | { |
| 2029 | bfd_size_type pc_count = 0, count = 0; |
| 2030 | struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp; |
| 2031 | |
| 2032 | eh = (struct elf_x86_link_hash_entry *) h; |
| 2033 | for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; ) |
| 2034 | { |
| 2035 | pc_count += p->pc_count; |
| 2036 | p->count -= p->pc_count; |
| 2037 | p->pc_count = 0; |
| 2038 | count += p->count; |
| 2039 | if (p->count == 0) |
| 2040 | *pp = p->next; |
| 2041 | else |
| 2042 | pp = &p->next; |
| 2043 | } |
| 2044 | |
| 2045 | if (pc_count || count) |
| 2046 | { |
| 2047 | h->non_got_ref = 1; |
| 2048 | if (pc_count) |
| 2049 | { |
| 2050 | /* Increment PLT reference count only for PC-relative |
| 2051 | references. */ |
| 2052 | h->needs_plt = 1; |
| 2053 | if (h->plt.refcount <= 0) |
| 2054 | h->plt.refcount = 1; |
| 2055 | else |
| 2056 | h->plt.refcount += 1; |
| 2057 | } |
| 2058 | } |
| 2059 | } |
| 2060 | |
| 2061 | if (h->plt.refcount <= 0) |
| 2062 | { |
| 2063 | h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1; |
| 2064 | h->needs_plt = 0; |
| 2065 | } |
| 2066 | return TRUE; |
| 2067 | } |
| 2068 | |
| 2069 | /* If this is a function, put it in the procedure linkage table. We |
| 2070 | will fill in the contents of the procedure linkage table later, |
| 2071 | when we know the address of the .got section. */ |
| 2072 | if (h->type == STT_FUNC |
| 2073 | || h->needs_plt) |
| 2074 | { |
| 2075 | if (h->plt.refcount <= 0 |
| 2076 | || SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h) |
| 2077 | || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT |
| 2078 | && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)) |
| 2079 | { |
| 2080 | /* This case can occur if we saw a PLT32 reloc in an input |
| 2081 | file, but the symbol was never referred to by a dynamic |
| 2082 | object, or if all references were garbage collected. In |
| 2083 | such a case, we don't actually need to build a procedure |
| 2084 | linkage table, and we can just do a PC32 reloc instead. */ |
| 2085 | h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1; |
| 2086 | h->needs_plt = 0; |
| 2087 | } |
| 2088 | |
| 2089 | return TRUE; |
| 2090 | } |
| 2091 | else |
| 2092 | /* It's possible that we incorrectly decided a .plt reloc was |
| 2093 | needed for an R_386_PC32 reloc to a non-function sym in |
| 2094 | check_relocs. We can't decide accurately between function and |
| 2095 | non-function syms in check-relocs; Objects loaded later in |
| 2096 | the link may change h->type. So fix it now. */ |
| 2097 | h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1; |
| 2098 | |
| 2099 | eh = (struct elf_x86_link_hash_entry *) h; |
| 2100 | |
| 2101 | /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the |
| 2102 | processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the |
| 2103 | real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */ |
| 2104 | if (h->u.weakdef != NULL) |
| 2105 | { |
| 2106 | BFD_ASSERT (h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined |
| 2107 | || h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak); |
| 2108 | h->root.u.def.section = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.section; |
| 2109 | h->root.u.def.value = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.value; |
| 2110 | if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS |
| 2111 | || info->nocopyreloc |
| 2112 | || SYMBOL_NO_COPYRELOC (info, eh)) |
| 2113 | h->non_got_ref = h->u.weakdef->non_got_ref; |
| 2114 | return TRUE; |
| 2115 | } |
| 2116 | |
| 2117 | /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which |
| 2118 | is not a function. */ |
| 2119 | |
| 2120 | /* If we are creating a shared library, we must presume that the |
| 2121 | only references to the symbol are via the global offset table. |
| 2122 | For such cases we need not do anything here; the relocations will |
| 2123 | be handled correctly by relocate_section. */ |
| 2124 | if (!bfd_link_executable (info)) |
| 2125 | return TRUE; |
| 2126 | |
| 2127 | /* If there are no references to this symbol that do not use the |
| 2128 | GOT nor R_386_GOTOFF relocation, we don't need to generate a copy |
| 2129 | reloc. */ |
| 2130 | if (!h->non_got_ref && !eh->gotoff_ref) |
| 2131 | return TRUE; |
| 2132 | |
| 2133 | /* If -z nocopyreloc was given, we won't generate them either. */ |
| 2134 | if (info->nocopyreloc || SYMBOL_NO_COPYRELOC (info, eh)) |
| 2135 | { |
| 2136 | h->non_got_ref = 0; |
| 2137 | return TRUE; |
| 2138 | } |
| 2139 | |
| 2140 | htab = elf_x86_hash_table (info, I386_ELF_DATA); |
| 2141 | if (htab == NULL) |
| 2142 | return FALSE; |
| 2143 | |
| 2144 | /* If there aren't any dynamic relocs in read-only sections nor |
| 2145 | R_386_GOTOFF relocation, then we can keep the dynamic relocs and |
| 2146 | avoid the copy reloc. This doesn't work on VxWorks, where we can |
| 2147 | not have dynamic relocations (other than copy and jump slot |
| 2148 | relocations) in an executable. */ |
| 2149 | if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS |
| 2150 | && !eh->gotoff_ref |
| 2151 | && get_elf_i386_backend_data (info->output_bfd)->os != is_vxworks) |
| 2152 | { |
| 2153 | for (p = eh->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next) |
| 2154 | { |
| 2155 | s = p->sec->output_section; |
| 2156 | if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0) |
| 2157 | break; |
| 2158 | } |
| 2159 | |
| 2160 | if (p == NULL) |
| 2161 | { |
| 2162 | h->non_got_ref = 0; |
| 2163 | return TRUE; |
| 2164 | } |
| 2165 | } |
| 2166 | |
| 2167 | /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will |
| 2168 | become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be |
| 2169 | an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic |
| 2170 | object will contain position independent code, so all references |
| 2171 | from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global |
| 2172 | offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to |
| 2173 | determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so |
| 2174 | both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the |
| 2175 | same memory location for the variable. */ |
| 2176 | |
| 2177 | /* We must generate a R_386_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker to |
| 2178 | copy the initial value out of the dynamic object and into the |
| 2179 | runtime process image. */ |
| 2180 | if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0) |
| 2181 | { |
| 2182 | s = htab->elf.sdynrelro; |
| 2183 | srel = htab->elf.sreldynrelro; |
| 2184 | } |
| 2185 | else |
| 2186 | { |
| 2187 | s = htab->elf.sdynbss; |
| 2188 | srel = htab->elf.srelbss; |
| 2189 | } |
| 2190 | if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 && h->size != 0) |
| 2191 | { |
| 2192 | srel->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel); |
| 2193 | h->needs_copy = 1; |
| 2194 | } |
| 2195 | |
| 2196 | return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (info, h, s); |
| 2197 | } |
| 2198 | |
| 2199 | /* Allocate space in .plt, .got and associated reloc sections for |
| 2200 | dynamic relocs. */ |
| 2201 | |
| 2202 | static bfd_boolean |
| 2203 | elf_i386_allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf) |
| 2204 | { |
| 2205 | struct bfd_link_info *info; |
| 2206 | struct elf_x86_link_hash_table *htab; |
| 2207 | struct elf_x86_link_hash_entry *eh; |
| 2208 | struct elf_dyn_relocs *p; |
| 2209 | unsigned plt_entry_size; |
| 2210 | bfd_boolean resolved_to_zero; |
| 2211 | const struct elf_i386_backend_data *bed; |
| 2212 | |
| 2213 | if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect) |
| 2214 | return TRUE; |
| 2215 | |
| 2216 | eh = (struct elf_x86_link_hash_entry *) h; |
| 2217 | |
| 2218 | info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf; |
| 2219 | htab = elf_x86_hash_table (info, I386_ELF_DATA); |
| 2220 | if (htab == NULL) |
| 2221 | return FALSE; |
| 2222 | |
| 2223 | bed = get_elf_i386_backend_data (info->output_bfd); |
| 2224 | |
| 2225 | plt_entry_size = htab->plt.plt_entry_size; |
| 2226 | |
| 2227 | resolved_to_zero = UNDEFINED_WEAK_RESOLVED_TO_ZERO (info, |
| 2228 | I386_ELF_DATA, |
| 2229 | eh->has_got_reloc, |
| 2230 | eh); |
| 2231 | |
| 2232 | /* Clear the reference count of function pointer relocations if |
| 2233 | symbol isn't a normal function. */ |
| 2234 | if (h->type != STT_FUNC) |
| 2235 | eh->func_pointer_refcount = 0; |
| 2236 | |
| 2237 | /* We can't use the GOT PLT if pointer equality is needed since |
| 2238 | finish_dynamic_symbol won't clear symbol value and the dynamic |
| 2239 | linker won't update the GOT slot. We will get into an infinite |
| 2240 | loop at run-time. */ |
| 2241 | if (htab->plt_got != NULL |
| 2242 | && h->type != STT_GNU_IFUNC |
| 2243 | && !h->pointer_equality_needed |
| 2244 | && h->plt.refcount > 0 |
| 2245 | && h->got.refcount > 0) |
| 2246 | { |
| 2247 | /* Don't use the regular PLT if there are both GOT and GOTPLT |
| 2248 | reloctions. */ |
| 2249 | h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1; |
| 2250 | |
| 2251 | /* Use the GOT PLT. */ |
| 2252 | eh->plt_got.refcount = 1; |
| 2253 | } |
| 2254 | |
| 2255 | /* Since STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol must go through PLT, we handle it |
| 2256 | here if it is defined and referenced in a non-shared object. */ |
| 2257 | if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC |
| 2258 | && h->def_regular) |
| 2259 | { |
| 2260 | if (_bfd_elf_allocate_ifunc_dyn_relocs (info, h, &eh->dyn_relocs, |
| 2261 | &htab->readonly_dynrelocs_against_ifunc, |
| 2262 | plt_entry_size, |
| 2263 | (htab->plt.has_plt0 |
| 2264 | * plt_entry_size), |
| 2265 | 4, TRUE)) |
| 2266 | { |
| 2267 | asection *s = htab->plt_second; |
| 2268 | if (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1 && s != NULL) |
| 2269 | { |
| 2270 | /* Use the second PLT section if it is created. */ |
| 2271 | eh->plt_second.offset = s->size; |
| 2272 | |
| 2273 | /* Make room for this entry in the second PLT section. */ |
| 2274 | s->size += htab->non_lazy_plt->plt_entry_size; |
| 2275 | } |
| 2276 | |
| 2277 | return TRUE; |
| 2278 | } |
| 2279 | else |
| 2280 | return FALSE; |
| 2281 | } |
| 2282 | /* Don't create the PLT entry if there are only function pointer |
| 2283 | relocations which can be resolved at run-time. */ |
| 2284 | else if (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created |
| 2285 | && (h->plt.refcount > eh->func_pointer_refcount |
| 2286 | || eh->plt_got.refcount > 0)) |
| 2287 | { |
| 2288 | bfd_boolean use_plt_got = eh->plt_got.refcount > 0; |
| 2289 | |
| 2290 | /* Clear the reference count of function pointer relocations |
| 2291 | if PLT is used. */ |
| 2292 | eh->func_pointer_refcount = 0; |
| 2293 | |
| 2294 | /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. |
| 2295 | Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic. */ |
| 2296 | if (h->dynindx == -1 |
| 2297 | && !h->forced_local |
| 2298 | && !resolved_to_zero |
| 2299 | && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak) |
| 2300 | { |
| 2301 | if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h)) |
| 2302 | return FALSE; |
| 2303 | } |
| 2304 | |
| 2305 | if (bfd_link_pic (info) |
| 2306 | || WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (1, 0, h)) |
| 2307 | { |
| 2308 | asection *s = htab->elf.splt; |
| 2309 | asection *second_s = htab->plt_second; |
| 2310 | asection *got_s = htab->plt_got; |
| 2311 | |
| 2312 | /* If this is the first .plt entry, make room for the special |
| 2313 | first entry. The .plt section is used by prelink to undo |
| 2314 | prelinking for dynamic relocations. */ |
| 2315 | if (s->size == 0) |
| 2316 | s->size = htab->plt.has_plt0 * plt_entry_size; |
| 2317 | |
| 2318 | if (use_plt_got) |
| 2319 | eh->plt_got.offset = got_s->size; |
| 2320 | else |
| 2321 | { |
| 2322 | h->plt.offset = s->size; |
| 2323 | if (second_s) |
| 2324 | eh->plt_second.offset = second_s->size; |
| 2325 | } |
| 2326 | |
| 2327 | /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, and we are |
| 2328 | not generating a shared library, then set the symbol to this |
| 2329 | location in the .plt. This is required to make function |
| 2330 | pointers compare as equal between the normal executable and |
| 2331 | the shared library. */ |
| 2332 | if (! bfd_link_pic (info) |
| 2333 | && !h->def_regular) |
| 2334 | { |
| 2335 | if (use_plt_got) |
| 2336 | { |
| 2337 | /* We need to make a call to the entry of the GOT PLT |
| 2338 | instead of regular PLT entry. */ |
| 2339 | h->root.u.def.section = got_s; |
| 2340 | h->root.u.def.value = eh->plt_got.offset; |
| 2341 | } |
| 2342 | else |
| 2343 | { |
| 2344 | if (second_s) |
| 2345 | { |
| 2346 | /* We need to make a call to the entry of the |
| 2347 | second PLT instead of regular PLT entry. */ |
| 2348 | h->root.u.def.section = second_s; |
| 2349 | h->root.u.def.value = eh->plt_second.offset; |
| 2350 | } |
| 2351 | else |
| 2352 | { |
| 2353 | h->root.u.def.section = s; |
| 2354 | h->root.u.def.value = h->plt.offset; |
| 2355 | } |
| 2356 | } |
| 2357 | } |
| 2358 | |
| 2359 | /* Make room for this entry. */ |
| 2360 | if (use_plt_got) |
| 2361 | got_s->size += htab->non_lazy_plt->plt_entry_size; |
| 2362 | else |
| 2363 | { |
| 2364 | s->size += plt_entry_size; |
| 2365 | if (second_s) |
| 2366 | second_s->size += htab->non_lazy_plt->plt_entry_size; |
| 2367 | |
| 2368 | /* We also need to make an entry in the .got.plt section, |
| 2369 | which will be placed in the .got section by the linker |
| 2370 | script. */ |
| 2371 | htab->elf.sgotplt->size += 4; |
| 2372 | |
| 2373 | /* There should be no PLT relocation against resolved |
| 2374 | undefined weak symbol in executable. */ |
| 2375 | if (!resolved_to_zero) |
| 2376 | { |
| 2377 | /* We also need to make an entry in the .rel.plt |
| 2378 | section. */ |
| 2379 | htab->elf.srelplt->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel); |
| 2380 | htab->elf.srelplt->reloc_count++; |
| 2381 | } |
| 2382 | } |
| 2383 | |
| 2384 | if (bed->os == is_vxworks && !bfd_link_pic (info)) |
| 2385 | { |
| 2386 | /* VxWorks has a second set of relocations for each PLT entry |
| 2387 | in executables. They go in a separate relocation section, |
| 2388 | which is processed by the kernel loader. */ |
| 2389 | |
| 2390 | /* There are two relocations for the initial PLT entry: an |
| 2391 | R_386_32 relocation for _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ + 4 and an |
| 2392 | R_386_32 relocation for _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ + 8. */ |
| 2393 | |
| 2394 | asection *srelplt2 = htab->srelplt2; |
| 2395 | if (h->plt.offset == plt_entry_size) |
| 2396 | srelplt2->size += (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel) * 2); |
| 2397 | |
| 2398 | /* There are two extra relocations for each subsequent PLT entry: |
| 2399 | an R_386_32 relocation for the GOT entry, and an R_386_32 |
| 2400 | relocation for the PLT entry. */ |
| 2401 | |
| 2402 | srelplt2->size += (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel) * 2); |
| 2403 | } |
| 2404 | } |
| 2405 | else |
| 2406 | { |
| 2407 | eh->plt_got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1; |
| 2408 | h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1; |
| 2409 | h->needs_plt = 0; |
| 2410 | } |
| 2411 | } |
| 2412 | else |
| 2413 | { |
| 2414 | eh->plt_got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1; |
| 2415 | h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1; |
| 2416 | h->needs_plt = 0; |
| 2417 | } |
| 2418 | |
| 2419 | eh->tlsdesc_got = (bfd_vma) -1; |
| 2420 | |
| 2421 | /* If R_386_TLS_{IE_32,IE,GOTIE} symbol is now local to the binary, |
| 2422 | make it a R_386_TLS_LE_32 requiring no TLS entry. */ |
| 2423 | if (h->got.refcount > 0 |
| 2424 | && bfd_link_executable (info) |
| 2425 | && h->dynindx == -1 |
| 2426 | && (elf_x86_hash_entry (h)->tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE)) |
| 2427 | h->got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1; |
| 2428 | else if (h->got.refcount > 0) |
| 2429 | { |
| 2430 | asection *s; |
| 2431 | bfd_boolean dyn; |
| 2432 | int tls_type = elf_x86_hash_entry (h)->tls_type; |
| 2433 | |
| 2434 | /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. |
| 2435 | Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic. */ |
| 2436 | if (h->dynindx == -1 |
| 2437 | && !h->forced_local |
| 2438 | && !resolved_to_zero |
| 2439 | && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak) |
| 2440 | { |
| 2441 | if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h)) |
| 2442 | return FALSE; |
| 2443 | } |
| 2444 | |
| 2445 | s = htab->elf.sgot; |
| 2446 | if (GOT_TLS_GDESC_P (tls_type)) |
| 2447 | { |
| 2448 | eh->tlsdesc_got = htab->elf.sgotplt->size |
| 2449 | - elf_i386_compute_jump_table_size (htab); |
| 2450 | htab->elf.sgotplt->size += 8; |
| 2451 | h->got.offset = (bfd_vma) -2; |
| 2452 | } |
| 2453 | if (! GOT_TLS_GDESC_P (tls_type) |
| 2454 | || GOT_TLS_GD_P (tls_type)) |
| 2455 | { |
| 2456 | h->got.offset = s->size; |
| 2457 | s->size += 4; |
| 2458 | /* R_386_TLS_GD needs 2 consecutive GOT slots. */ |
| 2459 | if (GOT_TLS_GD_P (tls_type) || tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE_BOTH) |
| 2460 | s->size += 4; |
| 2461 | } |
| 2462 | dyn = htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created; |
| 2463 | /* R_386_TLS_IE_32 needs one dynamic relocation, |
| 2464 | R_386_TLS_IE resp. R_386_TLS_GOTIE needs one dynamic relocation, |
| 2465 | (but if both R_386_TLS_IE_32 and R_386_TLS_IE is present, we |
| 2466 | need two), R_386_TLS_GD needs one if local symbol and two if |
| 2467 | global. No dynamic relocation against resolved undefined weak |
| 2468 | symbol in executable. */ |
| 2469 | if (tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE_BOTH) |
| 2470 | htab->elf.srelgot->size += 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel); |
| 2471 | else if ((GOT_TLS_GD_P (tls_type) && h->dynindx == -1) |
| 2472 | || (tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE)) |
| 2473 | htab->elf.srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel); |
| 2474 | else if (GOT_TLS_GD_P (tls_type)) |
| 2475 | htab->elf.srelgot->size += 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel); |
| 2476 | else if (! GOT_TLS_GDESC_P (tls_type) |
| 2477 | && ((ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT |
| 2478 | && !resolved_to_zero) |
| 2479 | || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak) |
| 2480 | && (bfd_link_pic (info) |
| 2481 | || WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, 0, h))) |
| 2482 | htab->elf.srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel); |
| 2483 | if (GOT_TLS_GDESC_P (tls_type)) |
| 2484 | htab->elf.srelplt->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel); |
| 2485 | } |
| 2486 | else |
| 2487 | h->got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1; |
| 2488 | |
| 2489 | if (eh->dyn_relocs == NULL) |
| 2490 | return TRUE; |
| 2491 | |
| 2492 | /* In the shared -Bsymbolic case, discard space allocated for |
| 2493 | dynamic pc-relative relocs against symbols which turn out to be |
| 2494 | defined in regular objects. For the normal shared case, discard |
| 2495 | space for pc-relative relocs that have become local due to symbol |
| 2496 | visibility changes. */ |
| 2497 | |
| 2498 | if (bfd_link_pic (info)) |
| 2499 | { |
| 2500 | /* The only reloc that uses pc_count is R_386_PC32, which will |
| 2501 | appear on a call or on something like ".long foo - .". We |
| 2502 | want calls to protected symbols to resolve directly to the |
| 2503 | function rather than going via the plt. If people want |
| 2504 | function pointer comparisons to work as expected then they |
| 2505 | should avoid writing assembly like ".long foo - .". */ |
| 2506 | if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)) |
| 2507 | { |
| 2508 | struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp; |
| 2509 | |
| 2510 | for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; ) |
| 2511 | { |
| 2512 | p->count -= p->pc_count; |
| 2513 | p->pc_count = 0; |
| 2514 | if (p->count == 0) |
| 2515 | *pp = p->next; |
| 2516 | else |
| 2517 | pp = &p->next; |
| 2518 | } |
| 2519 | } |
| 2520 | |
| 2521 | if (bed->os == is_vxworks) |
| 2522 | { |
| 2523 | struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp; |
| 2524 | for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; ) |
| 2525 | { |
| 2526 | if (strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name, ".tls_vars") == 0) |
| 2527 | *pp = p->next; |
| 2528 | else |
| 2529 | pp = &p->next; |
| 2530 | } |
| 2531 | } |
| 2532 | |
| 2533 | /* Also discard relocs on undefined weak syms with non-default |
| 2534 | visibility or in PIE. */ |
| 2535 | if (eh->dyn_relocs != NULL |
| 2536 | && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak) |
| 2537 | { |
| 2538 | /* Undefined weak symbol is never bound locally in shared |
| 2539 | library. */ |
| 2540 | if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT |
| 2541 | || resolved_to_zero) |
| 2542 | { |
| 2543 | if (h->non_got_ref) |
| 2544 | { |
| 2545 | /* Keep dynamic non-GOT/non-PLT relocation so that we |
| 2546 | can branch to 0 without PLT. */ |
| 2547 | struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp; |
| 2548 | |
| 2549 | for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; ) |
| 2550 | if (p->pc_count == 0) |
| 2551 | *pp = p->next; |
| 2552 | else |
| 2553 | { |
| 2554 | /* Remove non-R_386_PC32 relocation. */ |
| 2555 | p->count = p->pc_count; |
| 2556 | pp = &p->next; |
| 2557 | } |
| 2558 | |
| 2559 | if (eh->dyn_relocs != NULL) |
| 2560 | { |
| 2561 | /* Make sure undefined weak symbols are output |
| 2562 | as dynamic symbols in PIEs for dynamic non-GOT |
| 2563 | non-PLT reloations. */ |
| 2564 | if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h)) |
| 2565 | return FALSE; |
| 2566 | } |
| 2567 | } |
| 2568 | else |
| 2569 | eh->dyn_relocs = NULL; |
| 2570 | } |
| 2571 | else if (h->dynindx == -1 |
| 2572 | && !h->forced_local) |
| 2573 | { |
| 2574 | if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h)) |
| 2575 | return FALSE; |
| 2576 | } |
| 2577 | } |
| 2578 | } |
| 2579 | else if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS) |
| 2580 | { |
| 2581 | /* For the non-shared case, discard space for relocs against |
| 2582 | symbols which turn out to need copy relocs or are not |
| 2583 | dynamic. Keep dynamic relocations for run-time function |
| 2584 | pointer initialization. */ |
| 2585 | |
| 2586 | if ((!h->non_got_ref |
| 2587 | || eh->func_pointer_refcount > 0 |
| 2588 | || (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak |
| 2589 | && !resolved_to_zero)) |
| 2590 | && ((h->def_dynamic |
| 2591 | && !h->def_regular) |
| 2592 | || (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created |
| 2593 | && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak |
| 2594 | || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined)))) |
| 2595 | { |
| 2596 | /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. |
| 2597 | Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic. */ |
| 2598 | if (h->dynindx == -1 |
| 2599 | && !h->forced_local |
| 2600 | && !resolved_to_zero |
| 2601 | && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak) |
| 2602 | { |
| 2603 | if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h)) |
| 2604 | return FALSE; |
| 2605 | } |
| 2606 | |
| 2607 | /* If that succeeded, we know we'll be keeping all the |
| 2608 | relocs. */ |
| 2609 | if (h->dynindx != -1) |
| 2610 | goto keep; |
| 2611 | } |
| 2612 | |
| 2613 | eh->dyn_relocs = NULL; |
| 2614 | eh->func_pointer_refcount = 0; |
| 2615 | |
| 2616 | keep: ; |
| 2617 | } |
| 2618 | |
| 2619 | /* Finally, allocate space. */ |
| 2620 | for (p = eh->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next) |
| 2621 | { |
| 2622 | asection *sreloc; |
| 2623 | |
| 2624 | sreloc = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc; |
| 2625 | |
| 2626 | BFD_ASSERT (sreloc != NULL); |
| 2627 | sreloc->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel); |
| 2628 | } |
| 2629 | |
| 2630 | return TRUE; |
| 2631 | } |
| 2632 | |
| 2633 | /* Allocate space in .plt, .got and associated reloc sections for |
| 2634 | local dynamic relocs. */ |
| 2635 | |
| 2636 | static bfd_boolean |
| 2637 | elf_i386_allocate_local_dynrelocs (void **slot, void *inf) |
| 2638 | { |
| 2639 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *h |
| 2640 | = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) *slot; |
| 2641 | |
| 2642 | if (h->type != STT_GNU_IFUNC |
| 2643 | || !h->def_regular |
| 2644 | || !h->ref_regular |
| 2645 | || !h->forced_local |
| 2646 | || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined) |
| 2647 | abort (); |
| 2648 | |
| 2649 | return elf_i386_allocate_dynrelocs (h, inf); |
| 2650 | } |
| 2651 | |
| 2652 | /* Convert load via the GOT slot to load immediate. */ |
| 2653 | |
| 2654 | static bfd_boolean |
| 2655 | elf_i386_convert_load (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, |
| 2656 | struct bfd_link_info *link_info) |
| 2657 | { |
| 2658 | struct elf_x86_link_hash_table *htab; |
| 2659 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; |
| 2660 | Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs; |
| 2661 | Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend; |
| 2662 | bfd_byte *contents; |
| 2663 | bfd_boolean changed; |
| 2664 | bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts; |
| 2665 | |
| 2666 | /* Don't even try to convert non-ELF outputs. */ |
| 2667 | if (!is_elf_hash_table (link_info->hash)) |
| 2668 | return FALSE; |
| 2669 | |
| 2670 | /* Nothing to do if there is no need or no output. */ |
| 2671 | if ((sec->flags & (SEC_CODE | SEC_RELOC)) != (SEC_CODE | SEC_RELOC) |
| 2672 | || sec->need_convert_load == 0 |
| 2673 | || bfd_is_abs_section (sec->output_section)) |
| 2674 | return TRUE; |
| 2675 | |
| 2676 | symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr; |
| 2677 | |
| 2678 | /* Load the relocations for this section. */ |
| 2679 | internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs |
| 2680 | (abfd, sec, NULL, (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL, |
| 2681 | link_info->keep_memory)); |
| 2682 | if (internal_relocs == NULL) |
| 2683 | return FALSE; |
| 2684 | |
| 2685 | changed = FALSE; |
| 2686 | htab = elf_x86_hash_table (link_info, I386_ELF_DATA); |
| 2687 | local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd); |
| 2688 | |
| 2689 | /* Get the section contents. */ |
| 2690 | if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL) |
| 2691 | contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents; |
| 2692 | else |
| 2693 | { |
| 2694 | if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, sec, &contents)) |
| 2695 | goto error_return; |
| 2696 | } |
| 2697 | |
| 2698 | irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count; |
| 2699 | for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++) |
| 2700 | { |
| 2701 | unsigned int r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info); |
| 2702 | unsigned int r_symndx; |
| 2703 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; |
| 2704 | bfd_boolean converted; |
| 2705 | |
| 2706 | /* Don't convert R_386_GOT32 since we can't tell if it is applied |
| 2707 | to "mov $foo@GOT, %reg" which isn't a load via GOT. */ |
| 2708 | if (r_type != R_386_GOT32X) |
| 2709 | continue; |
| 2710 | |
| 2711 | r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info); |
| 2712 | if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info) |
| 2713 | h = _bfd_elf_x86_get_local_sym_hash (htab, sec->owner, |
| 2714 | (const Elf_Internal_Rela *) irel, |
| 2715 | FALSE); |
| 2716 | else |
| 2717 | { |
| 2718 | h = elf_sym_hashes (abfd)[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info]; |
| 2719 | while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect |
| 2720 | || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning) |
| 2721 | h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link; |
| 2722 | } |
| 2723 | |
| 2724 | /* STT_GNU_IFUNC must keep GOT32 relocations. */ |
| 2725 | if (h != NULL && h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC) |
| 2726 | continue; |
| 2727 | |
| 2728 | converted = FALSE; |
| 2729 | if (!elf_i386_convert_load_reloc (abfd, symtab_hdr, contents, |
| 2730 | irel, h, &converted, link_info)) |
| 2731 | goto error_return; |
| 2732 | |
| 2733 | if (converted) |
| 2734 | { |
| 2735 | changed = converted; |
| 2736 | if (h) |
| 2737 | { |
| 2738 | if (h->got.refcount > 0) |
| 2739 | h->got.refcount -= 1; |
| 2740 | } |
| 2741 | else |
| 2742 | { |
| 2743 | if (local_got_refcounts != NULL |
| 2744 | && local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] > 0) |
| 2745 | local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] -= 1; |
| 2746 | } |
| 2747 | } |
| 2748 | } |
| 2749 | |
| 2750 | if (contents != NULL |
| 2751 | && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents) |
| 2752 | { |
| 2753 | if (!changed && !link_info->keep_memory) |
| 2754 | free (contents); |
| 2755 | else |
| 2756 | { |
| 2757 | /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */ |
| 2758 | elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents; |
| 2759 | } |
| 2760 | } |
| 2761 | |
| 2762 | if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != internal_relocs) |
| 2763 | { |
| 2764 | if (!changed) |
| 2765 | free (internal_relocs); |
| 2766 | else |
| 2767 | elf_section_data (sec)->relocs = internal_relocs; |
| 2768 | } |
| 2769 | |
| 2770 | return TRUE; |
| 2771 | |
| 2772 | error_return: |
| 2773 | if (contents != NULL |
| 2774 | && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents) |
| 2775 | free (contents); |
| 2776 | if (internal_relocs != NULL |
| 2777 | && elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != internal_relocs) |
| 2778 | free (internal_relocs); |
| 2779 | return FALSE; |
| 2780 | } |
| 2781 | |
| 2782 | /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */ |
| 2783 | |
| 2784 | static bfd_boolean |
| 2785 | elf_i386_size_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) |
| 2786 | { |
| 2787 | struct elf_x86_link_hash_table *htab; |
| 2788 | bfd *dynobj; |
| 2789 | asection *s; |
| 2790 | bfd_boolean relocs; |
| 2791 | bfd *ibfd; |
| 2792 | |
| 2793 | htab = elf_x86_hash_table (info, I386_ELF_DATA); |
| 2794 | if (htab == NULL) |
| 2795 | return FALSE; |
| 2796 | dynobj = htab->elf.dynobj; |
| 2797 | if (dynobj == NULL) |
| 2798 | abort (); |
| 2799 | |
| 2800 | /* Set up .got offsets for local syms, and space for local dynamic |
| 2801 | relocs. */ |
| 2802 | for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next) |
| 2803 | { |
| 2804 | bfd_signed_vma *local_got; |
| 2805 | bfd_signed_vma *end_local_got; |
| 2806 | char *local_tls_type; |
| 2807 | bfd_vma *local_tlsdesc_gotent; |
| 2808 | bfd_size_type locsymcount; |
| 2809 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; |
| 2810 | asection *srel; |
| 2811 | |
| 2812 | if (! is_i386_elf (ibfd)) |
| 2813 | continue; |
| 2814 | |
| 2815 | for (s = ibfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) |
| 2816 | { |
| 2817 | struct elf_dyn_relocs *p; |
| 2818 | |
| 2819 | if (!elf_i386_convert_load (ibfd, s, info)) |
| 2820 | return FALSE; |
| 2821 | |
| 2822 | for (p = ((struct elf_dyn_relocs *) |
| 2823 | elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel); |
| 2824 | p != NULL; |
| 2825 | p = p->next) |
| 2826 | { |
| 2827 | if (!bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec) |
| 2828 | && bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec->output_section)) |
| 2829 | { |
| 2830 | /* Input section has been discarded, either because |
| 2831 | it is a copy of a linkonce section or due to |
| 2832 | linker script /DISCARD/, so we'll be discarding |
| 2833 | the relocs too. */ |
| 2834 | } |
| 2835 | else if ((get_elf_i386_backend_data (output_bfd)->os |
| 2836 | == is_vxworks) |
| 2837 | && strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name, |
| 2838 | ".tls_vars") == 0) |
| 2839 | { |
| 2840 | /* Relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections are |
| 2841 | handled specially by the loader. */ |
| 2842 | } |
| 2843 | else if (p->count != 0) |
| 2844 | { |
| 2845 | srel = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc; |
| 2846 | srel->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel); |
| 2847 | if ((p->sec->output_section->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0 |
| 2848 | && (info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) == 0) |
| 2849 | { |
| 2850 | info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL; |
| 2851 | if ((info->warn_shared_textrel && bfd_link_pic (info)) |
| 2852 | || info->error_textrel) |
| 2853 | /* xgettext:c-format */ |
| 2854 | info->callbacks->einfo (_("%P: %B: warning: relocation in readonly section `%A'\n"), |
| 2855 | p->sec->owner, p->sec); |
| 2856 | } |
| 2857 | } |
| 2858 | } |
| 2859 | } |
| 2860 | |
| 2861 | local_got = elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd); |
| 2862 | if (!local_got) |
| 2863 | continue; |
| 2864 | |
| 2865 | symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd); |
| 2866 | locsymcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info; |
| 2867 | end_local_got = local_got + locsymcount; |
| 2868 | local_tls_type = elf_x86_local_got_tls_type (ibfd); |
| 2869 | local_tlsdesc_gotent = elf_x86_local_tlsdesc_gotent (ibfd); |
| 2870 | s = htab->elf.sgot; |
| 2871 | srel = htab->elf.srelgot; |
| 2872 | for (; local_got < end_local_got; |
| 2873 | ++local_got, ++local_tls_type, ++local_tlsdesc_gotent) |
| 2874 | { |
| 2875 | *local_tlsdesc_gotent = (bfd_vma) -1; |
| 2876 | if (*local_got > 0) |
| 2877 | { |
| 2878 | if (GOT_TLS_GDESC_P (*local_tls_type)) |
| 2879 | { |
| 2880 | *local_tlsdesc_gotent = htab->elf.sgotplt->size |
| 2881 | - elf_i386_compute_jump_table_size (htab); |
| 2882 | htab->elf.sgotplt->size += 8; |
| 2883 | *local_got = (bfd_vma) -2; |
| 2884 | } |
| 2885 | if (! GOT_TLS_GDESC_P (*local_tls_type) |
| 2886 | || GOT_TLS_GD_P (*local_tls_type)) |
| 2887 | { |
| 2888 | *local_got = s->size; |
| 2889 | s->size += 4; |
| 2890 | if (GOT_TLS_GD_P (*local_tls_type) |
| 2891 | || *local_tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE_BOTH) |
| 2892 | s->size += 4; |
| 2893 | } |
| 2894 | if (bfd_link_pic (info) |
| 2895 | || GOT_TLS_GD_ANY_P (*local_tls_type) |
| 2896 | || (*local_tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE)) |
| 2897 | { |
| 2898 | if (*local_tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE_BOTH) |
| 2899 | srel->size += 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel); |
| 2900 | else if (GOT_TLS_GD_P (*local_tls_type) |
| 2901 | || ! GOT_TLS_GDESC_P (*local_tls_type)) |
| 2902 | srel->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel); |
| 2903 | if (GOT_TLS_GDESC_P (*local_tls_type)) |
| 2904 | htab->elf.srelplt->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel); |
| 2905 | } |
| 2906 | } |
| 2907 | else |
| 2908 | *local_got = (bfd_vma) -1; |
| 2909 | } |
| 2910 | } |
| 2911 | |
| 2912 | if (htab->tls_ld_or_ldm_got.refcount > 0) |
| 2913 | { |
| 2914 | /* Allocate 2 got entries and 1 dynamic reloc for R_386_TLS_LDM |
| 2915 | relocs. */ |
| 2916 | htab->tls_ld_or_ldm_got.offset = htab->elf.sgot->size; |
| 2917 | htab->elf.sgot->size += 8; |
| 2918 | htab->elf.srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel); |
| 2919 | } |
| 2920 | else |
| 2921 | htab->tls_ld_or_ldm_got.offset = -1; |
| 2922 | |
| 2923 | /* Allocate global sym .plt and .got entries, and space for global |
| 2924 | sym dynamic relocs. */ |
| 2925 | elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->elf, elf_i386_allocate_dynrelocs, info); |
| 2926 | |
| 2927 | /* Allocate .plt and .got entries, and space for local symbols. */ |
| 2928 | htab_traverse (htab->loc_hash_table, |
| 2929 | elf_i386_allocate_local_dynrelocs, |
| 2930 | info); |
| 2931 | |
| 2932 | /* For every jump slot reserved in the sgotplt, reloc_count is |
| 2933 | incremented. However, when we reserve space for TLS descriptors, |
| 2934 | it's not incremented, so in order to compute the space reserved |
| 2935 | for them, it suffices to multiply the reloc count by the jump |
| 2936 | slot size. |
| 2937 | |
| 2938 | PR ld/13302: We start next_irelative_index at the end of .rela.plt |
| 2939 | so that R_386_IRELATIVE entries come last. */ |
| 2940 | if (htab->elf.srelplt) |
| 2941 | { |
| 2942 | htab->next_tls_desc_index = htab->elf.srelplt->reloc_count; |
| 2943 | htab->sgotplt_jump_table_size = htab->next_tls_desc_index * 4; |
| 2944 | htab->next_irelative_index = htab->elf.srelplt->reloc_count - 1; |
| 2945 | } |
| 2946 | else if (htab->elf.irelplt) |
| 2947 | htab->next_irelative_index = htab->elf.irelplt->reloc_count - 1; |
| 2948 | |
| 2949 | |
| 2950 | if (htab->elf.sgotplt) |
| 2951 | { |
| 2952 | /* Don't allocate .got.plt section if there are no GOT nor PLT |
| 2953 | entries and there is no reference to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */ |
| 2954 | if ((htab->elf.hgot == NULL |
| 2955 | || !htab->elf.hgot->ref_regular_nonweak) |
| 2956 | && (htab->elf.sgotplt->size |
| 2957 | == get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd)->got_header_size) |
| 2958 | && (htab->elf.splt == NULL |
| 2959 | || htab->elf.splt->size == 0) |
| 2960 | && (htab->elf.sgot == NULL |
| 2961 | || htab->elf.sgot->size == 0) |
| 2962 | && (htab->elf.iplt == NULL |
| 2963 | || htab->elf.iplt->size == 0) |
| 2964 | && (htab->elf.igotplt == NULL |
| 2965 | || htab->elf.igotplt->size == 0)) |
| 2966 | htab->elf.sgotplt->size = 0; |
| 2967 | } |
| 2968 | |
| 2969 | if (_bfd_elf_eh_frame_present (info)) |
| 2970 | { |
| 2971 | if (htab->plt_eh_frame != NULL |
| 2972 | && htab->elf.splt != NULL |
| 2973 | && htab->elf.splt->size != 0 |
| 2974 | && !bfd_is_abs_section (htab->elf.splt->output_section)) |
| 2975 | htab->plt_eh_frame->size = htab->plt.eh_frame_plt_size; |
| 2976 | |
| 2977 | if (htab->plt_got_eh_frame != NULL |
| 2978 | && htab->plt_got != NULL |
| 2979 | && htab->plt_got->size != 0 |
| 2980 | && !bfd_is_abs_section (htab->plt_got->output_section)) |
| 2981 | htab->plt_got_eh_frame->size |
| 2982 | = htab->non_lazy_plt->eh_frame_plt_size; |
| 2983 | |
| 2984 | /* Unwind info for the second PLT and .plt.got sections are |
| 2985 | identical. */ |
| 2986 | if (htab->plt_second_eh_frame != NULL |
| 2987 | && htab->plt_second != NULL |
| 2988 | && htab->plt_second->size != 0 |
| 2989 | && !bfd_is_abs_section (htab->plt_second->output_section)) |
| 2990 | htab->plt_second_eh_frame->size |
| 2991 | = htab->non_lazy_plt->eh_frame_plt_size; |
| 2992 | } |
| 2993 | |
| 2994 | /* We now have determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections. |
| 2995 | Allocate memory for them. */ |
| 2996 | relocs = FALSE; |
| 2997 | for (s = dynobj->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) |
| 2998 | { |
| 2999 | bfd_boolean strip_section = TRUE; |
| 3000 | |
| 3001 | if ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0) |
| 3002 | continue; |
| 3003 | |
| 3004 | if (s == htab->elf.splt |
| 3005 | || s == htab->elf.sgot) |
| 3006 | { |
| 3007 | /* Strip this section if we don't need it; see the |
| 3008 | comment below. */ |
| 3009 | /* We'd like to strip these sections if they aren't needed, but if |
| 3010 | we've exported dynamic symbols from them we must leave them. |
| 3011 | It's too late to tell BFD to get rid of the symbols. */ |
| 3012 | |
| 3013 | if (htab->elf.hplt != NULL) |
| 3014 | strip_section = FALSE; |
| 3015 | } |
| 3016 | else if (s == htab->elf.sgotplt |
| 3017 | || s == htab->elf.iplt |
| 3018 | || s == htab->elf.igotplt |
| 3019 | || s == htab->plt_second |
| 3020 | || s == htab->plt_got |
| 3021 | || s == htab->plt_eh_frame |
| 3022 | || s == htab->plt_got_eh_frame |
| 3023 | || s == htab->plt_second_eh_frame |
| 3024 | || s == htab->elf.sdynbss |
| 3025 | || s == htab->elf.sdynrelro) |
| 3026 | { |
| 3027 | /* Strip these too. */ |
| 3028 | } |
| 3029 | else if (CONST_STRNEQ (bfd_get_section_name (dynobj, s), ".rel")) |
| 3030 | { |
| 3031 | if (s->size != 0 |
| 3032 | && s != htab->elf.srelplt |
| 3033 | && s != htab->srelplt2) |
| 3034 | relocs = TRUE; |
| 3035 | |
| 3036 | /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need |
| 3037 | to copy relocs into the output file. */ |
| 3038 | s->reloc_count = 0; |
| 3039 | } |
| 3040 | else |
| 3041 | { |
| 3042 | /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */ |
| 3043 | continue; |
| 3044 | } |
| 3045 | |
| 3046 | if (s->size == 0) |
| 3047 | { |
| 3048 | /* If we don't need this section, strip it from the |
| 3049 | output file. This is mostly to handle .rel.bss and |
| 3050 | .rel.plt. We must create both sections in |
| 3051 | create_dynamic_sections, because they must be created |
| 3052 | before the linker maps input sections to output |
| 3053 | sections. The linker does that before |
| 3054 | adjust_dynamic_symbol is called, and it is that |
| 3055 | function which decides whether anything needs to go |
| 3056 | into these sections. */ |
| 3057 | if (strip_section) |
| 3058 | s->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE; |
| 3059 | continue; |
| 3060 | } |
| 3061 | |
| 3062 | if ((s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0) |
| 3063 | continue; |
| 3064 | |
| 3065 | /* Allocate memory for the section contents. We use bfd_zalloc |
| 3066 | here in case unused entries are not reclaimed before the |
| 3067 | section's contents are written out. This should not happen, |
| 3068 | but this way if it does, we get a R_386_NONE reloc instead |
| 3069 | of garbage. */ |
| 3070 | s->contents = (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (dynobj, s->size); |
| 3071 | if (s->contents == NULL) |
| 3072 | return FALSE; |
| 3073 | } |
| 3074 | |
| 3075 | if (htab->plt_eh_frame != NULL |
| 3076 | && htab->plt_eh_frame->contents != NULL) |
| 3077 | { |
| 3078 | memcpy (htab->plt_eh_frame->contents, |
| 3079 | htab->plt.eh_frame_plt, |
| 3080 | htab->plt_eh_frame->size); |
| 3081 | bfd_put_32 (dynobj, htab->elf.splt->size, |
| 3082 | htab->plt_eh_frame->contents + PLT_FDE_LEN_OFFSET); |
| 3083 | } |
| 3084 | |
| 3085 | if (htab->plt_got_eh_frame != NULL |
| 3086 | && htab->plt_got_eh_frame->contents != NULL) |
| 3087 | { |
| 3088 | memcpy (htab->plt_got_eh_frame->contents, |
| 3089 | htab->non_lazy_plt->eh_frame_plt, |
| 3090 | htab->plt_got_eh_frame->size); |
| 3091 | bfd_put_32 (dynobj, htab->plt_got->size, |
| 3092 | (htab->plt_got_eh_frame->contents |
| 3093 | + PLT_FDE_LEN_OFFSET)); |
| 3094 | } |
| 3095 | |
| 3096 | if (htab->plt_second_eh_frame != NULL |
| 3097 | && htab->plt_second_eh_frame->contents != NULL) |
| 3098 | { |
| 3099 | memcpy (htab->plt_second_eh_frame->contents, |
| 3100 | htab->non_lazy_plt->eh_frame_plt, |
| 3101 | htab->plt_second_eh_frame->size); |
| 3102 | bfd_put_32 (dynobj, htab->plt_second->size, |
| 3103 | (htab->plt_second_eh_frame->contents |
| 3104 | + PLT_FDE_LEN_OFFSET)); |
| 3105 | } |
| 3106 | |
| 3107 | if (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created) |
| 3108 | { |
| 3109 | /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the |
| 3110 | values later, in elf_i386_finish_dynamic_sections, but we |
| 3111 | must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for |
| 3112 | the .dynamic section. The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the |
| 3113 | dynamic linker and used by the debugger. */ |
| 3114 | #define add_dynamic_entry(TAG, VAL) \ |
| 3115 | _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, TAG, VAL) |
| 3116 | |
| 3117 | if (bfd_link_executable (info)) |
| 3118 | { |
| 3119 | if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_DEBUG, 0)) |
| 3120 | return FALSE; |
| 3121 | } |
| 3122 | |
| 3123 | if (htab->elf.splt->size != 0) |
| 3124 | { |
| 3125 | /* DT_PLTGOT is used by prelink even if there is no PLT |
| 3126 | relocation. */ |
| 3127 | if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTGOT, 0)) |
| 3128 | return FALSE; |
| 3129 | } |
| 3130 | |
| 3131 | if (htab->elf.srelplt->size != 0) |
| 3132 | { |
| 3133 | if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTRELSZ, 0) |
| 3134 | || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTREL, DT_REL) |
| 3135 | || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_JMPREL, 0)) |
| 3136 | return FALSE; |
| 3137 | } |
| 3138 | |
| 3139 | if (relocs) |
| 3140 | { |
| 3141 | if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_REL, 0) |
| 3142 | || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELSZ, 0) |
| 3143 | || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELENT, sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel))) |
| 3144 | return FALSE; |
| 3145 | |
| 3146 | /* If any dynamic relocs apply to a read-only section, |
| 3147 | then we need a DT_TEXTREL entry. */ |
| 3148 | if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) == 0) |
| 3149 | elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->elf, |
| 3150 | _bfd_x86_elf_readonly_dynrelocs, |
| 3151 | info); |
| 3152 | |
| 3153 | if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) != 0) |
| 3154 | { |
| 3155 | if (htab->readonly_dynrelocs_against_ifunc) |
| 3156 | { |
| 3157 | info->callbacks->einfo |
| 3158 | (_("%P%X: read-only segment has dynamic IFUNC relocations; recompile with -fPIC\n")); |
| 3159 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
| 3160 | return FALSE; |
| 3161 | } |
| 3162 | |
| 3163 | if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_TEXTREL, 0)) |
| 3164 | return FALSE; |
| 3165 | } |
| 3166 | } |
| 3167 | if (get_elf_i386_backend_data (output_bfd)->os == is_vxworks |
| 3168 | && !elf_vxworks_add_dynamic_entries (output_bfd, info)) |
| 3169 | return FALSE; |
| 3170 | } |
| 3171 | #undef add_dynamic_entry |
| 3172 | |
| 3173 | return TRUE; |
| 3174 | } |
| 3175 | |
| 3176 | /* Set the correct type for an x86 ELF section. We do this by the |
| 3177 | section name, which is a hack, but ought to work. */ |
| 3178 | |
| 3179 | static bfd_boolean |
| 3180 | elf_i386_fake_sections (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| 3181 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr, |
| 3182 | asection *sec) |
| 3183 | { |
| 3184 | const char *name; |
| 3185 | |
| 3186 | name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec); |
| 3187 | |
| 3188 | /* This is an ugly, but unfortunately necessary hack that is |
| 3189 | needed when producing EFI binaries on x86. It tells |
| 3190 | elf.c:elf_fake_sections() not to consider ".reloc" as a section |
| 3191 | containing ELF relocation info. We need this hack in order to |
| 3192 | be able to generate ELF binaries that can be translated into |
| 3193 | EFI applications (which are essentially COFF objects). Those |
| 3194 | files contain a COFF ".reloc" section inside an ELFNN object, |
| 3195 | which would normally cause BFD to segfault because it would |
| 3196 | attempt to interpret this section as containing relocation |
| 3197 | entries for section "oc". With this hack enabled, ".reloc" |
| 3198 | will be treated as a normal data section, which will avoid the |
| 3199 | segfault. However, you won't be able to create an ELFNN binary |
| 3200 | with a section named "oc" that needs relocations, but that's |
| 3201 | the kind of ugly side-effects you get when detecting section |
| 3202 | types based on their names... In practice, this limitation is |
| 3203 | unlikely to bite. */ |
| 3204 | if (strcmp (name, ".reloc") == 0) |
| 3205 | hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS; |
| 3206 | |
| 3207 | return TRUE; |
| 3208 | } |
| 3209 | |
| 3210 | /* Return the relocation value for @tpoff relocation |
| 3211 | if STT_TLS virtual address is ADDRESS. */ |
| 3212 | |
| 3213 | static bfd_vma |
| 3214 | elf_i386_tpoff (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd_vma address) |
| 3215 | { |
| 3216 | struct elf_link_hash_table *htab = elf_hash_table (info); |
| 3217 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (info->output_bfd); |
| 3218 | bfd_vma static_tls_size; |
| 3219 | |
| 3220 | /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */ |
| 3221 | if (htab->tls_sec == NULL) |
| 3222 | return 0; |
| 3223 | |
| 3224 | /* Consider special static TLS alignment requirements. */ |
| 3225 | static_tls_size = BFD_ALIGN (htab->tls_size, bed->static_tls_alignment); |
| 3226 | return static_tls_size + htab->tls_sec->vma - address; |
| 3227 | } |
| 3228 | |
| 3229 | /* Relocate an i386 ELF section. */ |
| 3230 | |
| 3231 | static bfd_boolean |
| 3232 | elf_i386_relocate_section (bfd *output_bfd, |
| 3233 | struct bfd_link_info *info, |
| 3234 | bfd *input_bfd, |
| 3235 | asection *input_section, |
| 3236 | bfd_byte *contents, |
| 3237 | Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs, |
| 3238 | Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms, |
| 3239 | asection **local_sections) |
| 3240 | { |
| 3241 | struct elf_x86_link_hash_table *htab; |
| 3242 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; |
| 3243 | struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes; |
| 3244 | bfd_vma *local_got_offsets; |
| 3245 | bfd_vma *local_tlsdesc_gotents; |
| 3246 | Elf_Internal_Rela *rel; |
| 3247 | Elf_Internal_Rela *wrel; |
| 3248 | Elf_Internal_Rela *relend; |
| 3249 | bfd_boolean is_vxworks_tls; |
| 3250 | unsigned plt_entry_size; |
| 3251 | |
| 3252 | BFD_ASSERT (is_i386_elf (input_bfd)); |
| 3253 | |
| 3254 | /* Skip if check_relocs failed. */ |
| 3255 | if (input_section->check_relocs_failed) |
| 3256 | return FALSE; |
| 3257 | |
| 3258 | htab = elf_x86_hash_table (info, I386_ELF_DATA); |
| 3259 | if (htab == NULL) |
| 3260 | return FALSE; |
| 3261 | symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd); |
| 3262 | sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd); |
| 3263 | local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (input_bfd); |
| 3264 | local_tlsdesc_gotents = elf_x86_local_tlsdesc_gotent (input_bfd); |
| 3265 | /* We have to handle relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections |
| 3266 | specially, because the dynamic loader is 'weird'. */ |
| 3267 | is_vxworks_tls = ((get_elf_i386_backend_data (output_bfd)->os |
| 3268 | == is_vxworks) |
| 3269 | && bfd_link_pic (info) |
| 3270 | && !strcmp (input_section->output_section->name, |
| 3271 | ".tls_vars")); |
| 3272 | |
| 3273 | _bfd_x86_elf_set_tls_module_base (info); |
| 3274 | |
| 3275 | plt_entry_size = htab->plt.plt_entry_size; |
| 3276 | |
| 3277 | rel = wrel = relocs; |
| 3278 | relend = relocs + input_section->reloc_count; |
| 3279 | for (; rel < relend; wrel++, rel++) |
| 3280 | { |
| 3281 | unsigned int r_type; |
| 3282 | reloc_howto_type *howto; |
| 3283 | unsigned long r_symndx; |
| 3284 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; |
| 3285 | struct elf_x86_link_hash_entry *eh; |
| 3286 | Elf_Internal_Sym *sym; |
| 3287 | asection *sec; |
| 3288 | bfd_vma off, offplt, plt_offset; |
| 3289 | bfd_vma relocation; |
| 3290 | bfd_boolean unresolved_reloc; |
| 3291 | bfd_reloc_status_type r; |
| 3292 | unsigned int indx; |
| 3293 | int tls_type; |
| 3294 | bfd_vma st_size; |
| 3295 | asection *resolved_plt; |
| 3296 | bfd_boolean resolved_to_zero; |
| 3297 | bfd_boolean relative_reloc; |
| 3298 | |
| 3299 | r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info); |
| 3300 | if (r_type == R_386_GNU_VTINHERIT |
| 3301 | || r_type == R_386_GNU_VTENTRY) |
| 3302 | { |
| 3303 | if (wrel != rel) |
| 3304 | *wrel = *rel; |
| 3305 | continue; |
| 3306 | } |
| 3307 | |
| 3308 | if ((indx = r_type) >= R_386_standard |
| 3309 | && ((indx = r_type - R_386_ext_offset) - R_386_standard |
| 3310 | >= R_386_ext - R_386_standard) |
| 3311 | && ((indx = r_type - R_386_tls_offset) - R_386_ext |
| 3312 | >= R_386_ext2 - R_386_ext)) |
| 3313 | return _bfd_unrecognized_reloc (input_bfd, input_section, r_type); |
| 3314 | |
| 3315 | howto = elf_howto_table + indx; |
| 3316 | |
| 3317 | r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info); |
| 3318 | h = NULL; |
| 3319 | sym = NULL; |
| 3320 | sec = NULL; |
| 3321 | unresolved_reloc = FALSE; |
| 3322 | if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info) |
| 3323 | { |
| 3324 | sym = local_syms + r_symndx; |
| 3325 | sec = local_sections[r_symndx]; |
| 3326 | relocation = (sec->output_section->vma |
| 3327 | + sec->output_offset |
| 3328 | + sym->st_value); |
| 3329 | st_size = sym->st_size; |
| 3330 | |
| 3331 | if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION |
| 3332 | && ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0 |
| 3333 | || (bfd_link_relocatable (info) |
| 3334 | && sec->output_offset != 0))) |
| 3335 | { |
| 3336 | bfd_vma addend; |
| 3337 | bfd_byte *where = contents + rel->r_offset; |
| 3338 | |
| 3339 | switch (howto->size) |
| 3340 | { |
| 3341 | case 0: |
| 3342 | addend = bfd_get_8 (input_bfd, where); |
| 3343 | if (howto->pc_relative) |
| 3344 | { |
| 3345 | addend = (addend ^ 0x80) - 0x80; |
| 3346 | addend += 1; |
| 3347 | } |
| 3348 | break; |
| 3349 | case 1: |
| 3350 | addend = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, where); |
| 3351 | if (howto->pc_relative) |
| 3352 | { |
| 3353 | addend = (addend ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000; |
| 3354 | addend += 2; |
| 3355 | } |
| 3356 | break; |
| 3357 | case 2: |
| 3358 | addend = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, where); |
| 3359 | if (howto->pc_relative) |
| 3360 | { |
| 3361 | addend = (addend ^ 0x80000000) - 0x80000000; |
| 3362 | addend += 4; |
| 3363 | } |
| 3364 | break; |
| 3365 | default: |
| 3366 | abort (); |
| 3367 | } |
| 3368 | |
| 3369 | if (bfd_link_relocatable (info)) |
| 3370 | addend += sec->output_offset; |
| 3371 | else |
| 3372 | { |
| 3373 | asection *msec = sec; |
| 3374 | addend = _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &msec, |
| 3375 | addend); |
| 3376 | addend -= relocation; |
| 3377 | addend += msec->output_section->vma + msec->output_offset; |
| 3378 | } |
| 3379 | |
| 3380 | switch (howto->size) |
| 3381 | { |
| 3382 | case 0: |
| 3383 | /* FIXME: overflow checks. */ |
| 3384 | if (howto->pc_relative) |
| 3385 | addend -= 1; |
| 3386 | bfd_put_8 (input_bfd, addend, where); |
| 3387 | break; |
| 3388 | case 1: |
| 3389 | if (howto->pc_relative) |
| 3390 | addend -= 2; |
| 3391 | bfd_put_16 (input_bfd, addend, where); |
| 3392 | break; |
| 3393 | case 2: |
| 3394 | if (howto->pc_relative) |
| 3395 | addend -= 4; |
| 3396 | bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, addend, where); |
| 3397 | break; |
| 3398 | } |
| 3399 | } |
| 3400 | else if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info) |
| 3401 | && ELF32_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC) |
| 3402 | { |
| 3403 | /* Relocate against local STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol. */ |
| 3404 | h = _bfd_elf_x86_get_local_sym_hash (htab, input_bfd, rel, |
| 3405 | FALSE); |
| 3406 | if (h == NULL) |
| 3407 | abort (); |
| 3408 | |
| 3409 | /* Set STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol value. */ |
| 3410 | h->root.u.def.value = sym->st_value; |
| 3411 | h->root.u.def.section = sec; |
| 3412 | } |
| 3413 | } |
| 3414 | else |
| 3415 | { |
| 3416 | bfd_boolean warned ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; |
| 3417 | bfd_boolean ignored ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; |
| 3418 | |
| 3419 | RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL (info, input_bfd, input_section, rel, |
| 3420 | r_symndx, symtab_hdr, sym_hashes, |
| 3421 | h, sec, relocation, |
| 3422 | unresolved_reloc, warned, ignored); |
| 3423 | st_size = h->size; |
| 3424 | } |
| 3425 | |
| 3426 | if (sec != NULL && discarded_section (sec)) |
| 3427 | { |
| 3428 | _bfd_clear_contents (howto, input_bfd, input_section, |
| 3429 | contents + rel->r_offset); |
| 3430 | wrel->r_offset = rel->r_offset; |
| 3431 | wrel->r_info = 0; |
| 3432 | wrel->r_addend = 0; |
| 3433 | |
| 3434 | /* For ld -r, remove relocations in debug sections against |
| 3435 | sections defined in discarded sections. Not done for |
| 3436 | eh_frame editing code expects to be present. */ |
| 3437 | if (bfd_link_relocatable (info) |
| 3438 | && (input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING)) |
| 3439 | wrel--; |
| 3440 | |
| 3441 | continue; |
| 3442 | } |
| 3443 | |
| 3444 | if (bfd_link_relocatable (info)) |
| 3445 | { |
| 3446 | if (wrel != rel) |
| 3447 | *wrel = *rel; |
| 3448 | continue; |
| 3449 | } |
| 3450 | |
| 3451 | eh = (struct elf_x86_link_hash_entry *) h; |
| 3452 | |
| 3453 | /* Since STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol must go through PLT, we handle |
| 3454 | it here if it is defined in a non-shared object. */ |
| 3455 | if (h != NULL |
| 3456 | && h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC |
| 3457 | && h->def_regular) |
| 3458 | { |
| 3459 | asection *gotplt, *base_got; |
| 3460 | bfd_vma plt_index; |
| 3461 | const char *name; |
| 3462 | |
| 3463 | if ((input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0) |
| 3464 | { |
| 3465 | /* Dynamic relocs are not propagated for SEC_DEBUGGING |
| 3466 | sections because such sections are not SEC_ALLOC and |
| 3467 | thus ld.so will not process them. */ |
| 3468 | if ((input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0) |
| 3469 | continue; |
| 3470 | abort (); |
| 3471 | } |
| 3472 | |
| 3473 | /* STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol must go through PLT. */ |
| 3474 | if (htab->elf.splt != NULL) |
| 3475 | { |
| 3476 | if (htab->plt_second != NULL) |
| 3477 | { |
| 3478 | resolved_plt = htab->plt_second; |
| 3479 | plt_offset = eh->plt_second.offset; |
| 3480 | } |
| 3481 | else |
| 3482 | { |
| 3483 | resolved_plt = htab->elf.splt; |
| 3484 | plt_offset = h->plt.offset; |
| 3485 | } |
| 3486 | gotplt = htab->elf.sgotplt; |
| 3487 | } |
| 3488 | else |
| 3489 | { |
| 3490 | resolved_plt = htab->elf.iplt; |
| 3491 | plt_offset = h->plt.offset; |
| 3492 | gotplt = htab->elf.igotplt; |
| 3493 | } |
| 3494 | |
| 3495 | switch (r_type) |
| 3496 | { |
| 3497 | default: |
| 3498 | break; |
| 3499 | |
| 3500 | case R_386_GOT32: |
| 3501 | case R_386_GOT32X: |
| 3502 | base_got = htab->elf.sgot; |
| 3503 | off = h->got.offset; |
| 3504 | |
| 3505 | if (base_got == NULL) |
| 3506 | abort (); |
| 3507 | |
| 3508 | if (off == (bfd_vma) -1) |
| 3509 | { |
| 3510 | /* We can't use h->got.offset here to save state, or |
| 3511 | even just remember the offset, as finish_dynamic_symbol |
| 3512 | would use that as offset into .got. */ |
| 3513 | |
| 3514 | if (h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1) |
| 3515 | abort (); |
| 3516 | |
| 3517 | if (htab->elf.splt != NULL) |
| 3518 | { |
| 3519 | plt_index = (h->plt.offset / plt_entry_size |
| 3520 | - htab->plt.has_plt0); |
| 3521 | off = (plt_index + 3) * 4; |
| 3522 | base_got = htab->elf.sgotplt; |
| 3523 | } |
| 3524 | else |
| 3525 | { |
| 3526 | plt_index = h->plt.offset / plt_entry_size; |
| 3527 | off = plt_index * 4; |
| 3528 | base_got = htab->elf.igotplt; |
| 3529 | } |
| 3530 | |
| 3531 | if (h->dynindx == -1 |
| 3532 | || h->forced_local |
| 3533 | || info->symbolic) |
| 3534 | { |
| 3535 | /* This references the local defitionion. We must |
| 3536 | initialize this entry in the global offset table. |
| 3537 | Since the offset must always be a multiple of 8, |
| 3538 | we use the least significant bit to record |
| 3539 | whether we have initialized it already. |
| 3540 | |
| 3541 | When doing a dynamic link, we create a .rela.got |
| 3542 | relocation entry to initialize the value. This |
| 3543 | is done in the finish_dynamic_symbol routine. */ |
| 3544 | if ((off & 1) != 0) |
| 3545 | off &= ~1; |
| 3546 | else |
| 3547 | { |
| 3548 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation, |
| 3549 | base_got->contents + off); |
| 3550 | h->got.offset |= 1; |
| 3551 | } |
| 3552 | } |
| 3553 | |
| 3554 | relocation = off; |
| 3555 | } |
| 3556 | else |
| 3557 | relocation = (base_got->output_section->vma |
| 3558 | + base_got->output_offset + off |
| 3559 | - gotplt->output_section->vma |
| 3560 | - gotplt->output_offset); |
| 3561 | |
| 3562 | if (rel->r_offset > 1 |
| 3563 | && (*(contents + rel->r_offset - 1) & 0xc7) == 0x5 |
| 3564 | && *(contents + rel->r_offset - 2) != 0x8d) |
| 3565 | { |
| 3566 | if (bfd_link_pic (info)) |
| 3567 | goto disallow_got32; |
| 3568 | |
| 3569 | /* Add the GOT base if there is no base register. */ |
| 3570 | relocation += (gotplt->output_section->vma |
| 3571 | + gotplt->output_offset); |
| 3572 | } |
| 3573 | else if (htab->elf.splt == NULL) |
| 3574 | { |
| 3575 | /* Adjust for static executables. */ |
| 3576 | relocation += gotplt->output_offset; |
| 3577 | } |
| 3578 | |
| 3579 | goto do_relocation; |
| 3580 | } |
| 3581 | |
| 3582 | if (h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1) |
| 3583 | { |
| 3584 | /* Handle static pointers of STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols. */ |
| 3585 | if (r_type == R_386_32 |
| 3586 | && (input_section->flags & SEC_CODE) == 0) |
| 3587 | goto do_ifunc_pointer; |
| 3588 | goto bad_ifunc_reloc; |
| 3589 | } |
| 3590 | |
| 3591 | relocation = (resolved_plt->output_section->vma |
| 3592 | + resolved_plt->output_offset + plt_offset); |
| 3593 | |
| 3594 | switch (r_type) |
| 3595 | { |
| 3596 | default: |
| 3597 | bad_ifunc_reloc: |
| 3598 | if (h->root.root.string) |
| 3599 | name = h->root.root.string; |
| 3600 | else |
| 3601 | name = bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd, symtab_hdr, sym, |
| 3602 | NULL); |
| 3603 | _bfd_error_handler |
| 3604 | /* xgettext:c-format */ |
| 3605 | (_("%B: relocation %s against STT_GNU_IFUNC " |
| 3606 | "symbol `%s' isn't supported"), input_bfd, |
| 3607 | howto->name, name); |
| 3608 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
| 3609 | return FALSE; |
| 3610 | |
| 3611 | case R_386_32: |
| 3612 | /* Generate dynamic relcoation only when there is a |
| 3613 | non-GOT reference in a shared object. */ |
| 3614 | if ((bfd_link_pic (info) && h->non_got_ref) |
| 3615 | || h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1) |
| 3616 | { |
| 3617 | Elf_Internal_Rela outrel; |
| 3618 | asection *sreloc; |
| 3619 | bfd_vma offset; |
| 3620 | |
| 3621 | do_ifunc_pointer: |
| 3622 | /* Need a dynamic relocation to get the real function |
| 3623 | adddress. */ |
| 3624 | offset = _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, |
| 3625 | info, |
| 3626 | input_section, |
| 3627 | rel->r_offset); |
| 3628 | if (offset == (bfd_vma) -1 |
| 3629 | || offset == (bfd_vma) -2) |
| 3630 | abort (); |
| 3631 | |
| 3632 | outrel.r_offset = (input_section->output_section->vma |
| 3633 | + input_section->output_offset |
| 3634 | + offset); |
| 3635 | |
| 3636 | if (h->dynindx == -1 |
| 3637 | || h->forced_local |
| 3638 | || bfd_link_executable (info)) |
| 3639 | { |
| 3640 | info->callbacks->minfo (_("Local IFUNC function `%s' in %B\n"), |
| 3641 | h->root.root.string, |
| 3642 | h->root.u.def.section->owner); |
| 3643 | |
| 3644 | /* This symbol is resolved locally. */ |
| 3645 | outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_386_IRELATIVE); |
| 3646 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, |
| 3647 | (h->root.u.def.value |
| 3648 | + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma |
| 3649 | + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset), |
| 3650 | contents + offset); |
| 3651 | } |
| 3652 | else |
| 3653 | outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, r_type); |
| 3654 | |
| 3655 | /* Dynamic relocations are stored in |
| 3656 | 1. .rel.ifunc section in PIC object. |
| 3657 | 2. .rel.got section in dynamic executable. |
| 3658 | 3. .rel.iplt section in static executable. */ |
| 3659 | if (bfd_link_pic (info)) |
| 3660 | sreloc = htab->elf.irelifunc; |
| 3661 | else if (htab->elf.splt != NULL) |
| 3662 | sreloc = htab->elf.srelgot; |
| 3663 | else |
| 3664 | sreloc = htab->elf.irelplt; |
| 3665 | elf_append_rel (output_bfd, sreloc, &outrel); |
| 3666 | |
| 3667 | /* If this reloc is against an external symbol, we |
| 3668 | do not want to fiddle with the addend. Otherwise, |
| 3669 | we need to include the symbol value so that it |
| 3670 | becomes an addend for the dynamic reloc. For an |
| 3671 | internal symbol, we have updated addend. */ |
| 3672 | continue; |
| 3673 | } |
| 3674 | /* FALLTHROUGH */ |
| 3675 | case R_386_PC32: |
| 3676 | case R_386_PLT32: |
| 3677 | goto do_relocation; |
| 3678 | |
| 3679 | case R_386_GOTOFF: |
| 3680 | relocation -= (gotplt->output_section->vma |
| 3681 | + gotplt->output_offset); |
| 3682 | goto do_relocation; |
| 3683 | } |
| 3684 | } |
| 3685 | |
| 3686 | resolved_to_zero = (eh != NULL |
| 3687 | && UNDEFINED_WEAK_RESOLVED_TO_ZERO (info, |
| 3688 | I386_ELF_DATA, |
| 3689 | eh->has_got_reloc, |
| 3690 | eh)); |
| 3691 | |
| 3692 | switch (r_type) |
| 3693 | { |
| 3694 | case R_386_GOT32X: |
| 3695 | /* Avoid optimizing _DYNAMIC since ld.so may use its |
| 3696 | link-time address. */ |
| 3697 | if (h == htab->elf.hdynamic) |
| 3698 | goto r_386_got32; |
| 3699 | |
| 3700 | if (bfd_link_pic (info)) |
| 3701 | { |
| 3702 | /* It is OK to convert mov to lea and convert indirect |
| 3703 | branch to direct branch. It is OK to convert adc, |
| 3704 | add, and, cmp, or, sbb, sub, test, xor only when PIC |
| 3705 | is false. */ |
| 3706 | unsigned int opcode, addend; |
| 3707 | addend = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset); |
| 3708 | if (addend != 0) |
| 3709 | goto r_386_got32; |
| 3710 | opcode = bfd_get_8 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset - 2); |
| 3711 | if (opcode != 0x8b && opcode != 0xff) |
| 3712 | goto r_386_got32; |
| 3713 | } |
| 3714 | |
| 3715 | /* Resolve "mov GOT[(%reg)], %reg", |
| 3716 | "call/jmp *GOT[(%reg)]", "test %reg, foo@GOT[(%reg)]" |
| 3717 | and "binop foo@GOT[(%reg)], %reg". */ |
| 3718 | if (h == NULL |
| 3719 | || (h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1 |
| 3720 | && h->got.offset == (bfd_vma) -1) |
| 3721 | || htab->elf.sgotplt == NULL) |
| 3722 | abort (); |
| 3723 | |
| 3724 | offplt = (htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma |
| 3725 | + htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset); |
| 3726 | |
| 3727 | /* It is relative to .got.plt section. */ |
| 3728 | if (h->got.offset != (bfd_vma) -1) |
| 3729 | /* Use GOT entry. Mask off the least significant bit in |
| 3730 | GOT offset which may be set by R_386_GOT32 processing |
| 3731 | below. */ |
| 3732 | relocation = (htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma |
| 3733 | + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset |
| 3734 | + (h->got.offset & ~1) - offplt); |
| 3735 | else |
| 3736 | /* Use GOTPLT entry. */ |
| 3737 | relocation = (h->plt.offset / plt_entry_size |
| 3738 | - htab->plt.has_plt0 + 3) * 4; |
| 3739 | |
| 3740 | if (!bfd_link_pic (info)) |
| 3741 | { |
| 3742 | /* If not PIC, add the .got.plt section address for |
| 3743 | baseless addressing. */ |
| 3744 | unsigned int modrm; |
| 3745 | modrm = bfd_get_8 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset - 1); |
| 3746 | if ((modrm & 0xc7) == 0x5) |
| 3747 | relocation += offplt; |
| 3748 | } |
| 3749 | |
| 3750 | unresolved_reloc = FALSE; |
| 3751 | break; |
| 3752 | |
| 3753 | case R_386_GOT32: |
| 3754 | r_386_got32: |
| 3755 | /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global |
| 3756 | offset table. */ |
| 3757 | if (htab->elf.sgot == NULL) |
| 3758 | abort (); |
| 3759 | |
| 3760 | relative_reloc = FALSE; |
| 3761 | if (h != NULL) |
| 3762 | { |
| 3763 | bfd_boolean dyn; |
| 3764 | |
| 3765 | off = h->got.offset; |
| 3766 | dyn = htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created; |
| 3767 | if (! WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, |
| 3768 | bfd_link_pic (info), |
| 3769 | h) |
| 3770 | || (bfd_link_pic (info) |
| 3771 | && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h)) |
| 3772 | || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) |
| 3773 | && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)) |
| 3774 | { |
| 3775 | /* This is actually a static link, or it is a |
| 3776 | -Bsymbolic link and the symbol is defined |
| 3777 | locally, or the symbol was forced to be local |
| 3778 | because of a version file. We must initialize |
| 3779 | this entry in the global offset table. Since the |
| 3780 | offset must always be a multiple of 4, we use the |
| 3781 | least significant bit to record whether we have |
| 3782 | initialized it already. |
| 3783 | |
| 3784 | When doing a dynamic link, we create a .rel.got |
| 3785 | relocation entry to initialize the value. This |
| 3786 | is done in the finish_dynamic_symbol routine. */ |
| 3787 | if ((off & 1) != 0) |
| 3788 | off &= ~1; |
| 3789 | else |
| 3790 | { |
| 3791 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation, |
| 3792 | htab->elf.sgot->contents + off); |
| 3793 | h->got.offset |= 1; |
| 3794 | |
| 3795 | if (h->dynindx == -1 |
| 3796 | && !h->forced_local |
| 3797 | && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak |
| 3798 | && bfd_link_pic (info)) |
| 3799 | { |
| 3800 | /* PR ld/21402: If this symbol isn't dynamic |
| 3801 | in PIC, generate R_386_RELATIVE here. */ |
| 3802 | eh->no_finish_dynamic_symbol = 1; |
| 3803 | relative_reloc = TRUE; |
| 3804 | } |
| 3805 | } |
| 3806 | } |
| 3807 | else |
| 3808 | unresolved_reloc = FALSE; |
| 3809 | } |
| 3810 | else |
| 3811 | { |
| 3812 | if (local_got_offsets == NULL) |
| 3813 | abort (); |
| 3814 | |
| 3815 | off = local_got_offsets[r_symndx]; |
| 3816 | |
| 3817 | /* The offset must always be a multiple of 4. We use |
| 3818 | the least significant bit to record whether we have |
| 3819 | already generated the necessary reloc. */ |
| 3820 | if ((off & 1) != 0) |
| 3821 | off &= ~1; |
| 3822 | else |
| 3823 | { |
| 3824 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation, |
| 3825 | htab->elf.sgot->contents + off); |
| 3826 | local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1; |
| 3827 | |
| 3828 | if (bfd_link_pic (info)) |
| 3829 | relative_reloc = TRUE; |
| 3830 | } |
| 3831 | } |
| 3832 | |
| 3833 | if (relative_reloc) |
| 3834 | { |
| 3835 | asection *s; |
| 3836 | Elf_Internal_Rela outrel; |
| 3837 | |
| 3838 | s = htab->elf.srelgot; |
| 3839 | if (s == NULL) |
| 3840 | abort (); |
| 3841 | |
| 3842 | outrel.r_offset = (htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma |
| 3843 | + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset |
| 3844 | + off); |
| 3845 | outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_386_RELATIVE); |
| 3846 | elf_append_rel (output_bfd, s, &outrel); |
| 3847 | } |
| 3848 | |
| 3849 | if (off >= (bfd_vma) -2) |
| 3850 | abort (); |
| 3851 | |
| 3852 | relocation = (htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma |
| 3853 | + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset + off); |
| 3854 | if (rel->r_offset > 1 |
| 3855 | && (*(contents + rel->r_offset - 1) & 0xc7) == 0x5 |
| 3856 | && *(contents + rel->r_offset - 2) != 0x8d) |
| 3857 | { |
| 3858 | if (bfd_link_pic (info)) |
| 3859 | { |
| 3860 | /* For PIC, disallow R_386_GOT32 without a base |
| 3861 | register, except for "lea foo@GOT, %reg", since |
| 3862 | we don't know what the GOT base is. */ |
| 3863 | const char *name; |
| 3864 | |
| 3865 | disallow_got32: |
| 3866 | if (h == NULL || h->root.root.string == NULL) |
| 3867 | name = bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd, symtab_hdr, sym, |
| 3868 | NULL); |
| 3869 | else |
| 3870 | name = h->root.root.string; |
| 3871 | |
| 3872 | _bfd_error_handler |
| 3873 | /* xgettext:c-format */ |
| 3874 | (_("%B: direct GOT relocation %s against `%s'" |
| 3875 | " without base register can not be used" |
| 3876 | " when making a shared object"), |
| 3877 | input_bfd, howto->name, name); |
| 3878 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
| 3879 | return FALSE; |
| 3880 | } |
| 3881 | } |
| 3882 | else |
| 3883 | { |
| 3884 | /* Subtract the .got.plt section address only with a base |
| 3885 | register. */ |
| 3886 | relocation -= (htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma |
| 3887 | + htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset); |
| 3888 | } |
| 3889 | |
| 3890 | break; |
| 3891 | |
| 3892 | case R_386_GOTOFF: |
| 3893 | /* Relocation is relative to the start of the global offset |
| 3894 | table. */ |
| 3895 | |
| 3896 | /* Check to make sure it isn't a protected function or data |
| 3897 | symbol for shared library since it may not be local when |
| 3898 | used as function address or with copy relocation. We also |
| 3899 | need to make sure that a symbol is referenced locally. */ |
| 3900 | if (!bfd_link_executable (info) && h) |
| 3901 | { |
| 3902 | if (!h->def_regular) |
| 3903 | { |
| 3904 | const char *v; |
| 3905 | |
| 3906 | switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other)) |
| 3907 | { |
| 3908 | case STV_HIDDEN: |
| 3909 | v = _("hidden symbol"); |
| 3910 | break; |
| 3911 | case STV_INTERNAL: |
| 3912 | v = _("internal symbol"); |
| 3913 | break; |
| 3914 | case STV_PROTECTED: |
| 3915 | v = _("protected symbol"); |
| 3916 | break; |
| 3917 | default: |
| 3918 | v = _("symbol"); |
| 3919 | break; |
| 3920 | } |
| 3921 | |
| 3922 | _bfd_error_handler |
| 3923 | /* xgettext:c-format */ |
| 3924 | (_("%B: relocation R_386_GOTOFF against undefined %s" |
| 3925 | " `%s' can not be used when making a shared object"), |
| 3926 | input_bfd, v, h->root.root.string); |
| 3927 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
| 3928 | return FALSE; |
| 3929 | } |
| 3930 | else if (!SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h) |
| 3931 | && (h->type == STT_FUNC |
| 3932 | || h->type == STT_OBJECT) |
| 3933 | && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_PROTECTED) |
| 3934 | { |
| 3935 | _bfd_error_handler |
| 3936 | /* xgettext:c-format */ |
| 3937 | (_("%B: relocation R_386_GOTOFF against protected %s" |
| 3938 | " `%s' can not be used when making a shared object"), |
| 3939 | input_bfd, |
| 3940 | h->type == STT_FUNC ? "function" : "data", |
| 3941 | h->root.root.string); |
| 3942 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
| 3943 | return FALSE; |
| 3944 | } |
| 3945 | } |
| 3946 | |
| 3947 | /* Note that sgot is not involved in this |
| 3948 | calculation. We always want the start of .got.plt. If we |
| 3949 | defined _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ in a different way, as is |
| 3950 | permitted by the ABI, we might have to change this |
| 3951 | calculation. */ |
| 3952 | relocation -= htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma |
| 3953 | + htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset; |
| 3954 | break; |
| 3955 | |
| 3956 | case R_386_GOTPC: |
| 3957 | /* Use global offset table as symbol value. */ |
| 3958 | relocation = htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma |
| 3959 | + htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset; |
| 3960 | unresolved_reloc = FALSE; |
| 3961 | break; |
| 3962 | |
| 3963 | case R_386_PLT32: |
| 3964 | /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the |
| 3965 | procedure linkage table. */ |
| 3966 | |
| 3967 | /* Resolve a PLT32 reloc against a local symbol directly, |
| 3968 | without using the procedure linkage table. */ |
| 3969 | if (h == NULL) |
| 3970 | break; |
| 3971 | |
| 3972 | if ((h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1 |
| 3973 | && eh->plt_got.offset == (bfd_vma) -1) |
| 3974 | || htab->elf.splt == NULL) |
| 3975 | { |
| 3976 | /* We didn't make a PLT entry for this symbol. This |
| 3977 | happens when statically linking PIC code, or when |
| 3978 | using -Bsymbolic. */ |
| 3979 | break; |
| 3980 | } |
| 3981 | |
| 3982 | if (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1) |
| 3983 | { |
| 3984 | if (htab->plt_second != NULL) |
| 3985 | { |
| 3986 | resolved_plt = htab->plt_second; |
| 3987 | plt_offset = eh->plt_second.offset; |
| 3988 | } |
| 3989 | else |
| 3990 | { |
| 3991 | resolved_plt = htab->elf.splt; |
| 3992 | plt_offset = h->plt.offset; |
| 3993 | } |
| 3994 | } |
| 3995 | else |
| 3996 | { |
| 3997 | resolved_plt = htab->plt_got; |
| 3998 | plt_offset = eh->plt_got.offset; |
| 3999 | } |
| 4000 | |
| 4001 | relocation = (resolved_plt->output_section->vma |
| 4002 | + resolved_plt->output_offset |
| 4003 | + plt_offset); |
| 4004 | unresolved_reloc = FALSE; |
| 4005 | break; |
| 4006 | |
| 4007 | case R_386_SIZE32: |
| 4008 | /* Set to symbol size. */ |
| 4009 | relocation = st_size; |
| 4010 | /* Fall through. */ |
| 4011 | |
| 4012 | case R_386_32: |
| 4013 | case R_386_PC32: |
| 4014 | if ((input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0 |
| 4015 | || is_vxworks_tls) |
| 4016 | break; |
| 4017 | |
| 4018 | /* Copy dynamic function pointer relocations. Don't generate |
| 4019 | dynamic relocations against resolved undefined weak symbols |
| 4020 | in PIE, except for R_386_PC32. */ |
| 4021 | if ((bfd_link_pic (info) |
| 4022 | && (h == NULL |
| 4023 | || ((ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT |
| 4024 | && (!resolved_to_zero |
| 4025 | || r_type == R_386_PC32)) |
| 4026 | || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)) |
| 4027 | && ((r_type != R_386_PC32 && r_type != R_386_SIZE32) |
| 4028 | || !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))) |
| 4029 | || (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS |
| 4030 | && !bfd_link_pic (info) |
| 4031 | && h != NULL |
| 4032 | && h->dynindx != -1 |
| 4033 | && (!h->non_got_ref |
| 4034 | || eh->func_pointer_refcount > 0 |
| 4035 | || (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak |
| 4036 | && !resolved_to_zero)) |
| 4037 | && ((h->def_dynamic && !h->def_regular) |
| 4038 | /* Undefined weak symbol is bound locally when |
| 4039 | PIC is false. */ |
| 4040 | || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))) |
| 4041 | { |
| 4042 | Elf_Internal_Rela outrel; |
| 4043 | bfd_boolean skip, relocate; |
| 4044 | asection *sreloc; |
| 4045 | |
| 4046 | /* When generating a shared object, these relocations |
| 4047 | are copied into the output file to be resolved at run |
| 4048 | time. */ |
| 4049 | |
| 4050 | skip = FALSE; |
| 4051 | relocate = FALSE; |
| 4052 | |
| 4053 | outrel.r_offset = |
| 4054 | _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section, |
| 4055 | rel->r_offset); |
| 4056 | if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -1) |
| 4057 | skip = TRUE; |
| 4058 | else if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -2) |
| 4059 | skip = TRUE, relocate = TRUE; |
| 4060 | outrel.r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma |
| 4061 | + input_section->output_offset); |
| 4062 | |
| 4063 | if (skip) |
| 4064 | memset (&outrel, 0, sizeof outrel); |
| 4065 | else if (h != NULL |
| 4066 | && h->dynindx != -1 |
| 4067 | && (r_type == R_386_PC32 |
| 4068 | || !(bfd_link_executable (info) |
| 4069 | || SYMBOLIC_BIND (info, h)) |
| 4070 | || !h->def_regular)) |
| 4071 | outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, r_type); |
| 4072 | else |
| 4073 | { |
| 4074 | /* This symbol is local, or marked to become local. */ |
| 4075 | relocate = TRUE; |
| 4076 | outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_386_RELATIVE); |
| 4077 | } |
| 4078 | |
| 4079 | sreloc = elf_section_data (input_section)->sreloc; |
| 4080 | |
| 4081 | if (sreloc == NULL || sreloc->contents == NULL) |
| 4082 | { |
| 4083 | r = bfd_reloc_notsupported; |
| 4084 | goto check_relocation_error; |
| 4085 | } |
| 4086 | |
| 4087 | elf_append_rel (output_bfd, sreloc, &outrel); |
| 4088 | |
| 4089 | /* If this reloc is against an external symbol, we do |
| 4090 | not want to fiddle with the addend. Otherwise, we |
| 4091 | need to include the symbol value so that it becomes |
| 4092 | an addend for the dynamic reloc. */ |
| 4093 | if (! relocate) |
| 4094 | continue; |
| 4095 | } |
| 4096 | break; |
| 4097 | |
| 4098 | case R_386_TLS_IE: |
| 4099 | if (!bfd_link_executable (info)) |
| 4100 | { |
| 4101 | Elf_Internal_Rela outrel; |
| 4102 | asection *sreloc; |
| 4103 | |
| 4104 | outrel.r_offset = rel->r_offset |
| 4105 | + input_section->output_section->vma |
| 4106 | + input_section->output_offset; |
| 4107 | outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_386_RELATIVE); |
| 4108 | sreloc = elf_section_data (input_section)->sreloc; |
| 4109 | if (sreloc == NULL) |
| 4110 | abort (); |
| 4111 | elf_append_rel (output_bfd, sreloc, &outrel); |
| 4112 | } |
| 4113 | /* Fall through */ |
| 4114 | |
| 4115 | case R_386_TLS_GD: |
| 4116 | case R_386_TLS_GOTDESC: |
| 4117 | case R_386_TLS_DESC_CALL: |
| 4118 | case R_386_TLS_IE_32: |
| 4119 | case R_386_TLS_GOTIE: |
| 4120 | tls_type = GOT_UNKNOWN; |
| 4121 | if (h == NULL && local_got_offsets) |
| 4122 | tls_type = elf_x86_local_got_tls_type (input_bfd) [r_symndx]; |
| 4123 | else if (h != NULL) |
| 4124 | tls_type = elf_x86_hash_entry(h)->tls_type; |
| 4125 | if (tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE) |
| 4126 | tls_type = GOT_TLS_IE_NEG; |
| 4127 | |
| 4128 | if (! elf_i386_tls_transition (info, input_bfd, |
| 4129 | input_section, contents, |
| 4130 | symtab_hdr, sym_hashes, |
| 4131 | &r_type, tls_type, rel, |
| 4132 | relend, h, r_symndx, TRUE)) |
| 4133 | return FALSE; |
| 4134 | |
| 4135 | if (r_type == R_386_TLS_LE_32) |
| 4136 | { |
| 4137 | BFD_ASSERT (! unresolved_reloc); |
| 4138 | if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_386_TLS_GD) |
| 4139 | { |
| 4140 | unsigned int type; |
| 4141 | bfd_vma roff; |
| 4142 | |
| 4143 | /* GD->LE transition. */ |
| 4144 | type = *(contents + rel->r_offset - 2); |
| 4145 | if (type == 0x04) |
| 4146 | { |
| 4147 | /* Change |
| 4148 | leal foo@tlsgd(,%ebx,1), %eax |
| 4149 | call ___tls_get_addr@PLT |
| 4150 | into: |
| 4151 | movl %gs:0, %eax |
| 4152 | subl $foo@tpoff, %eax |
| 4153 | (6 byte form of subl). */ |
| 4154 | roff = rel->r_offset + 5; |
| 4155 | } |
| 4156 | else |
| 4157 | { |
| 4158 | /* Change |
| 4159 | leal foo@tlsgd(%ebx), %eax |
| 4160 | call ___tls_get_addr@PLT |
| 4161 | nop |
| 4162 | or |
| 4163 | leal foo@tlsgd(%reg), %eax |
| 4164 | call *___tls_get_addr@GOT(%reg) |
| 4165 | which may be converted to |
| 4166 | addr32 call ___tls_get_addr |
| 4167 | into: |
| 4168 | movl %gs:0, %eax; subl $foo@tpoff, %eax |
| 4169 | (6 byte form of subl). */ |
| 4170 | roff = rel->r_offset + 6; |
| 4171 | } |
| 4172 | memcpy (contents + roff - 8, |
| 4173 | "\x65\xa1\0\0\0\0\x81\xe8\0\0\0", 12); |
| 4174 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, elf_i386_tpoff (info, relocation), |
| 4175 | contents + roff); |
| 4176 | /* Skip R_386_PC32, R_386_PLT32 and R_386_GOT32X. */ |
| 4177 | rel++; |
| 4178 | wrel++; |
| 4179 | continue; |
| 4180 | } |
| 4181 | else if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_386_TLS_GOTDESC) |
| 4182 | { |
| 4183 | /* GDesc -> LE transition. |
| 4184 | It's originally something like: |
| 4185 | leal x@tlsdesc(%ebx), %eax |
| 4186 | |
| 4187 | leal x@ntpoff, %eax |
| 4188 | |
| 4189 | Registers other than %eax may be set up here. */ |
| 4190 | |
| 4191 | unsigned int val; |
| 4192 | bfd_vma roff; |
| 4193 | |
| 4194 | roff = rel->r_offset; |
| 4195 | val = bfd_get_8 (input_bfd, contents + roff - 1); |
| 4196 | |
| 4197 | /* Now modify the instruction as appropriate. */ |
| 4198 | /* aoliva FIXME: remove the above and xor the byte |
| 4199 | below with 0x86. */ |
| 4200 | bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, val ^ 0x86, |
| 4201 | contents + roff - 1); |
| 4202 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, -elf_i386_tpoff (info, relocation), |
| 4203 | contents + roff); |
| 4204 | continue; |
| 4205 | } |
| 4206 | else if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_386_TLS_DESC_CALL) |
| 4207 | { |
| 4208 | /* GDesc -> LE transition. |
| 4209 | It's originally: |
| 4210 | call *(%eax) |
| 4211 | Turn it into: |
| 4212 | xchg %ax,%ax */ |
| 4213 | |
| 4214 | bfd_vma roff; |
| 4215 | |
| 4216 | roff = rel->r_offset; |
| 4217 | bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0x66, contents + roff); |
| 4218 | bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0x90, contents + roff + 1); |
| 4219 | continue; |
| 4220 | } |
| 4221 | else if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_386_TLS_IE) |
| 4222 | { |
| 4223 | unsigned int val; |
| 4224 | |
| 4225 | /* IE->LE transition: |
| 4226 | Originally it can be one of: |
| 4227 | movl foo, %eax |
| 4228 | movl foo, %reg |
| 4229 | addl foo, %reg |
| 4230 | We change it into: |
| 4231 | movl $foo, %eax |
| 4232 | movl $foo, %reg |
| 4233 | addl $foo, %reg. */ |
| 4234 | val = bfd_get_8 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset - 1); |
| 4235 | if (val == 0xa1) |
| 4236 | { |
| 4237 | /* movl foo, %eax. */ |
| 4238 | bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0xb8, |
| 4239 | contents + rel->r_offset - 1); |
| 4240 | } |
| 4241 | else |
| 4242 | { |
| 4243 | unsigned int type; |
| 4244 | |
| 4245 | type = bfd_get_8 (input_bfd, |
| 4246 | contents + rel->r_offset - 2); |
| 4247 | switch (type) |
| 4248 | { |
| 4249 | case 0x8b: |
| 4250 | /* movl */ |
| 4251 | bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0xc7, |
| 4252 | contents + rel->r_offset - 2); |
| 4253 | bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, |
| 4254 | 0xc0 | ((val >> 3) & 7), |
| 4255 | contents + rel->r_offset - 1); |
| 4256 | break; |
| 4257 | case 0x03: |
| 4258 | /* addl */ |
| 4259 | bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0x81, |
| 4260 | contents + rel->r_offset - 2); |
| 4261 | bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, |
| 4262 | 0xc0 | ((val >> 3) & 7), |
| 4263 | contents + rel->r_offset - 1); |
| 4264 | break; |
| 4265 | default: |
| 4266 | BFD_FAIL (); |
| 4267 | break; |
| 4268 | } |
| 4269 | } |
| 4270 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, -elf_i386_tpoff (info, relocation), |
| 4271 | contents + rel->r_offset); |
| 4272 | continue; |
| 4273 | } |
| 4274 | else |
| 4275 | { |
| 4276 | unsigned int val, type; |
| 4277 | |
| 4278 | /* {IE_32,GOTIE}->LE transition: |
| 4279 | Originally it can be one of: |
| 4280 | subl foo(%reg1), %reg2 |
| 4281 | movl foo(%reg1), %reg2 |
| 4282 | addl foo(%reg1), %reg2 |
| 4283 | We change it into: |
| 4284 | subl $foo, %reg2 |
| 4285 | movl $foo, %reg2 (6 byte form) |
| 4286 | addl $foo, %reg2. */ |
| 4287 | type = bfd_get_8 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset - 2); |
| 4288 | val = bfd_get_8 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset - 1); |
| 4289 | if (type == 0x8b) |
| 4290 | { |
| 4291 | /* movl */ |
| 4292 | bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0xc7, |
| 4293 | contents + rel->r_offset - 2); |
| 4294 | bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0xc0 | ((val >> 3) & 7), |
| 4295 | contents + rel->r_offset - 1); |
| 4296 | } |
| 4297 | else if (type == 0x2b) |
| 4298 | { |
| 4299 | /* subl */ |
| 4300 | bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0x81, |
| 4301 | contents + rel->r_offset - 2); |
| 4302 | bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0xe8 | ((val >> 3) & 7), |
| 4303 | contents + rel->r_offset - 1); |
| 4304 | } |
| 4305 | else if (type == 0x03) |
| 4306 | { |
| 4307 | /* addl */ |
| 4308 | bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0x81, |
| 4309 | contents + rel->r_offset - 2); |
| 4310 | bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0xc0 | ((val >> 3) & 7), |
| 4311 | contents + rel->r_offset - 1); |
| 4312 | } |
| 4313 | else |
| 4314 | BFD_FAIL (); |
| 4315 | if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_386_TLS_GOTIE) |
| 4316 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, -elf_i386_tpoff (info, relocation), |
| 4317 | contents + rel->r_offset); |
| 4318 | else |
| 4319 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, elf_i386_tpoff (info, relocation), |
| 4320 | contents + rel->r_offset); |
| 4321 | continue; |
| 4322 | } |
| 4323 | } |
| 4324 | |
| 4325 | if (htab->elf.sgot == NULL) |
| 4326 | abort (); |
| 4327 | |
| 4328 | if (h != NULL) |
| 4329 | { |
| 4330 | off = h->got.offset; |
| 4331 | offplt = elf_x86_hash_entry (h)->tlsdesc_got; |
| 4332 | } |
| 4333 | else |
| 4334 | { |
| 4335 | if (local_got_offsets == NULL) |
| 4336 | abort (); |
| 4337 | |
| 4338 | off = local_got_offsets[r_symndx]; |
| 4339 | offplt = local_tlsdesc_gotents[r_symndx]; |
| 4340 | } |
| 4341 | |
| 4342 | if ((off & 1) != 0) |
| 4343 | off &= ~1; |
| 4344 | else |
| 4345 | { |
| 4346 | Elf_Internal_Rela outrel; |
| 4347 | int dr_type; |
| 4348 | asection *sreloc; |
| 4349 | |
| 4350 | if (htab->elf.srelgot == NULL) |
| 4351 | abort (); |
| 4352 | |
| 4353 | indx = h && h->dynindx != -1 ? h->dynindx : 0; |
| 4354 | |
| 4355 | if (GOT_TLS_GDESC_P (tls_type)) |
| 4356 | { |
| 4357 | bfd_byte *loc; |
| 4358 | outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_386_TLS_DESC); |
| 4359 | BFD_ASSERT (htab->sgotplt_jump_table_size + offplt + 8 |
| 4360 | <= htab->elf.sgotplt->size); |
| 4361 | outrel.r_offset = (htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma |
| 4362 | + htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset |
| 4363 | + offplt |
| 4364 | + htab->sgotplt_jump_table_size); |
| 4365 | sreloc = htab->elf.srelplt; |
| 4366 | loc = sreloc->contents; |
| 4367 | loc += (htab->next_tls_desc_index++ |
| 4368 | * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel)); |
| 4369 | BFD_ASSERT (loc + sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel) |
| 4370 | <= sreloc->contents + sreloc->size); |
| 4371 | bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc); |
| 4372 | if (indx == 0) |
| 4373 | { |
| 4374 | BFD_ASSERT (! unresolved_reloc); |
| 4375 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, |
| 4376 | relocation - _bfd_x86_elf_dtpoff_base (info), |
| 4377 | htab->elf.sgotplt->contents + offplt |
| 4378 | + htab->sgotplt_jump_table_size + 4); |
| 4379 | } |
| 4380 | else |
| 4381 | { |
| 4382 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 0, |
| 4383 | htab->elf.sgotplt->contents + offplt |
| 4384 | + htab->sgotplt_jump_table_size + 4); |
| 4385 | } |
| 4386 | } |
| 4387 | |
| 4388 | sreloc = htab->elf.srelgot; |
| 4389 | |
| 4390 | outrel.r_offset = (htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma |
| 4391 | + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset + off); |
| 4392 | |
| 4393 | if (GOT_TLS_GD_P (tls_type)) |
| 4394 | dr_type = R_386_TLS_DTPMOD32; |
| 4395 | else if (GOT_TLS_GDESC_P (tls_type)) |
| 4396 | goto dr_done; |
| 4397 | else if (tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE_POS) |
| 4398 | dr_type = R_386_TLS_TPOFF; |
| 4399 | else |
| 4400 | dr_type = R_386_TLS_TPOFF32; |
| 4401 | |
| 4402 | if (dr_type == R_386_TLS_TPOFF && indx == 0) |
| 4403 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, |
| 4404 | relocation - _bfd_x86_elf_dtpoff_base (info), |
| 4405 | htab->elf.sgot->contents + off); |
| 4406 | else if (dr_type == R_386_TLS_TPOFF32 && indx == 0) |
| 4407 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, |
| 4408 | _bfd_x86_elf_dtpoff_base (info) - relocation, |
| 4409 | htab->elf.sgot->contents + off); |
| 4410 | else if (dr_type != R_386_TLS_DESC) |
| 4411 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 0, |
| 4412 | htab->elf.sgot->contents + off); |
| 4413 | outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, dr_type); |
| 4414 | |
| 4415 | elf_append_rel (output_bfd, sreloc, &outrel); |
| 4416 | |
| 4417 | if (GOT_TLS_GD_P (tls_type)) |
| 4418 | { |
| 4419 | if (indx == 0) |
| 4420 | { |
| 4421 | BFD_ASSERT (! unresolved_reloc); |
| 4422 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, |
| 4423 | relocation - _bfd_x86_elf_dtpoff_base (info), |
| 4424 | htab->elf.sgot->contents + off + 4); |
| 4425 | } |
| 4426 | else |
| 4427 | { |
| 4428 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 0, |
| 4429 | htab->elf.sgot->contents + off + 4); |
| 4430 | outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, |
| 4431 | R_386_TLS_DTPOFF32); |
| 4432 | outrel.r_offset += 4; |
| 4433 | elf_append_rel (output_bfd, sreloc, &outrel); |
| 4434 | } |
| 4435 | } |
| 4436 | else if (tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE_BOTH) |
| 4437 | { |
| 4438 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, |
| 4439 | (indx == 0 |
| 4440 | ? relocation - _bfd_x86_elf_dtpoff_base (info) |
| 4441 | : 0), |
| 4442 | htab->elf.sgot->contents + off + 4); |
| 4443 | outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_386_TLS_TPOFF); |
| 4444 | outrel.r_offset += 4; |
| 4445 | elf_append_rel (output_bfd, sreloc, &outrel); |
| 4446 | } |
| 4447 | |
| 4448 | dr_done: |
| 4449 | if (h != NULL) |
| 4450 | h->got.offset |= 1; |
| 4451 | else |
| 4452 | local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1; |
| 4453 | } |
| 4454 | |
| 4455 | if (off >= (bfd_vma) -2 |
| 4456 | && ! GOT_TLS_GDESC_P (tls_type)) |
| 4457 | abort (); |
| 4458 | if (r_type == R_386_TLS_GOTDESC |
| 4459 | || r_type == R_386_TLS_DESC_CALL) |
| 4460 | { |
| 4461 | relocation = htab->sgotplt_jump_table_size + offplt; |
| 4462 | unresolved_reloc = FALSE; |
| 4463 | } |
| 4464 | else if (r_type == ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info)) |
| 4465 | { |
| 4466 | bfd_vma g_o_t = htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma |
| 4467 | + htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset; |
| 4468 | relocation = htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma |
| 4469 | + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset + off - g_o_t; |
| 4470 | if ((r_type == R_386_TLS_IE || r_type == R_386_TLS_GOTIE) |
| 4471 | && tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE_BOTH) |
| 4472 | relocation += 4; |
| 4473 | if (r_type == R_386_TLS_IE) |
| 4474 | relocation += g_o_t; |
| 4475 | unresolved_reloc = FALSE; |
| 4476 | } |
| 4477 | else if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_386_TLS_GD) |
| 4478 | { |
| 4479 | unsigned int val, type; |
| 4480 | bfd_vma roff; |
| 4481 | |
| 4482 | /* GD->IE transition. */ |
| 4483 | type = *(contents + rel->r_offset - 2); |
| 4484 | val = *(contents + rel->r_offset - 1); |
| 4485 | if (type == 0x04) |
| 4486 | { |
| 4487 | /* Change |
| 4488 | leal foo@tlsgd(,%ebx,1), %eax |
| 4489 | call ___tls_get_addr@PLT |
| 4490 | into: |
| 4491 | movl %gs:0, %eax |
| 4492 | subl $foo@gottpoff(%ebx), %eax. */ |
| 4493 | val >>= 3; |
| 4494 | roff = rel->r_offset - 3; |
| 4495 | } |
| 4496 | else |
| 4497 | { |
| 4498 | /* Change |
| 4499 | leal foo@tlsgd(%ebx), %eax |
| 4500 | call ___tls_get_addr@PLT |
| 4501 | nop |
| 4502 | or |
| 4503 | leal foo@tlsgd(%reg), %eax |
| 4504 | call *___tls_get_addr@GOT(%reg) |
| 4505 | which may be converted to |
| 4506 | addr32 call ___tls_get_addr |
| 4507 | into: |
| 4508 | movl %gs:0, %eax; |
| 4509 | subl $foo@gottpoff(%reg), %eax. */ |
| 4510 | roff = rel->r_offset - 2; |
| 4511 | } |
| 4512 | memcpy (contents + roff, |
| 4513 | "\x65\xa1\0\0\0\0\x2b\x80\0\0\0", 12); |
| 4514 | contents[roff + 7] = 0x80 | (val & 7); |
| 4515 | /* If foo is used only with foo@gotntpoff(%reg) and |
| 4516 | foo@indntpoff, but not with foo@gottpoff(%reg), change |
| 4517 | subl $foo@gottpoff(%reg), %eax |
| 4518 | into: |
| 4519 | addl $foo@gotntpoff(%reg), %eax. */ |
| 4520 | if (tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE_POS) |
| 4521 | contents[roff + 6] = 0x03; |
| 4522 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, |
| 4523 | htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma |
| 4524 | + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset + off |
| 4525 | - htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma |
| 4526 | - htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset, |
| 4527 | contents + roff + 8); |
| 4528 | /* Skip R_386_PLT32 and R_386_GOT32X. */ |
| 4529 | rel++; |
| 4530 | wrel++; |
| 4531 | continue; |
| 4532 | } |
| 4533 | else if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_386_TLS_GOTDESC) |
| 4534 | { |
| 4535 | /* GDesc -> IE transition. |
| 4536 | It's originally something like: |
| 4537 | leal x@tlsdesc(%ebx), %eax |
| 4538 | |
| 4539 | Change it to: |
| 4540 | movl x@gotntpoff(%ebx), %eax # before xchg %ax,%ax |
| 4541 | or: |
| 4542 | movl x@gottpoff(%ebx), %eax # before negl %eax |
| 4543 | |
| 4544 | Registers other than %eax may be set up here. */ |
| 4545 | |
| 4546 | bfd_vma roff; |
| 4547 | |
| 4548 | /* First, make sure it's a leal adding ebx to a 32-bit |
| 4549 | offset into any register, although it's probably |
| 4550 | almost always going to be eax. */ |
| 4551 | roff = rel->r_offset; |
| 4552 | |
| 4553 | /* Now modify the instruction as appropriate. */ |
| 4554 | /* To turn a leal into a movl in the form we use it, it |
| 4555 | suffices to change the first byte from 0x8d to 0x8b. |
| 4556 | aoliva FIXME: should we decide to keep the leal, all |
| 4557 | we have to do is remove the statement below, and |
| 4558 | adjust the relaxation of R_386_TLS_DESC_CALL. */ |
| 4559 | bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0x8b, contents + roff - 2); |
| 4560 | |
| 4561 | if (tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE_BOTH) |
| 4562 | off += 4; |
| 4563 | |
| 4564 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, |
| 4565 | htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma |
| 4566 | + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset + off |
| 4567 | - htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma |
| 4568 | - htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset, |
| 4569 | contents + roff); |
| 4570 | continue; |
| 4571 | } |
| 4572 | else if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_386_TLS_DESC_CALL) |
| 4573 | { |
| 4574 | /* GDesc -> IE transition. |
| 4575 | It's originally: |
| 4576 | call *(%eax) |
| 4577 | |
| 4578 | Change it to: |
| 4579 | xchg %ax,%ax |
| 4580 | or |
| 4581 | negl %eax |
| 4582 | depending on how we transformed the TLS_GOTDESC above. |
| 4583 | */ |
| 4584 | |
| 4585 | bfd_vma roff; |
| 4586 | |
| 4587 | roff = rel->r_offset; |
| 4588 | |
| 4589 | /* Now modify the instruction as appropriate. */ |
| 4590 | if (tls_type != GOT_TLS_IE_NEG) |
| 4591 | { |
| 4592 | /* xchg %ax,%ax */ |
| 4593 | bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0x66, contents + roff); |
| 4594 | bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0x90, contents + roff + 1); |
| 4595 | } |
| 4596 | else |
| 4597 | { |
| 4598 | /* negl %eax */ |
| 4599 | bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0xf7, contents + roff); |
| 4600 | bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0xd8, contents + roff + 1); |
| 4601 | } |
| 4602 | |
| 4603 | continue; |
| 4604 | } |
| 4605 | else |
| 4606 | BFD_ASSERT (FALSE); |
| 4607 | break; |
| 4608 | |
| 4609 | case R_386_TLS_LDM: |
| 4610 | if (! elf_i386_tls_transition (info, input_bfd, |
| 4611 | input_section, contents, |
| 4612 | symtab_hdr, sym_hashes, |
| 4613 | &r_type, GOT_UNKNOWN, rel, |
| 4614 | relend, h, r_symndx, TRUE)) |
| 4615 | return FALSE; |
| 4616 | |
| 4617 | if (r_type != R_386_TLS_LDM) |
| 4618 | { |
| 4619 | /* LD->LE transition. Change |
| 4620 | leal foo@tlsldm(%ebx) %eax |
| 4621 | call ___tls_get_addr@PLT |
| 4622 | into: |
| 4623 | movl %gs:0, %eax |
| 4624 | nop |
| 4625 | leal 0(%esi,1), %esi |
| 4626 | or change |
| 4627 | leal foo@tlsldm(%reg) %eax |
| 4628 | call *___tls_get_addr@GOT(%reg) |
| 4629 | which may be converted to |
| 4630 | addr32 call ___tls_get_addr |
| 4631 | into: |
| 4632 | movl %gs:0, %eax |
| 4633 | leal 0(%esi), %esi */ |
| 4634 | BFD_ASSERT (r_type == R_386_TLS_LE_32); |
| 4635 | if (*(contents + rel->r_offset + 4) == 0xff |
| 4636 | || *(contents + rel->r_offset + 4) == 0x67) |
| 4637 | memcpy (contents + rel->r_offset - 2, |
| 4638 | "\x65\xa1\0\0\0\0\x8d\xb6\0\0\0", 12); |
| 4639 | else |
| 4640 | memcpy (contents + rel->r_offset - 2, |
| 4641 | "\x65\xa1\0\0\0\0\x90\x8d\x74\x26", 11); |
| 4642 | /* Skip R_386_PC32/R_386_PLT32. */ |
| 4643 | rel++; |
| 4644 | wrel++; |
| 4645 | continue; |
| 4646 | } |
| 4647 | |
| 4648 | if (htab->elf.sgot == NULL) |
| 4649 | abort (); |
| 4650 | |
| 4651 | off = htab->tls_ld_or_ldm_got.offset; |
| 4652 | if (off & 1) |
| 4653 | off &= ~1; |
| 4654 | else |
| 4655 | { |
| 4656 | Elf_Internal_Rela outrel; |
| 4657 | |
| 4658 | if (htab->elf.srelgot == NULL) |
| 4659 | abort (); |
| 4660 | |
| 4661 | outrel.r_offset = (htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma |
| 4662 | + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset + off); |
| 4663 | |
| 4664 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 0, |
| 4665 | htab->elf.sgot->contents + off); |
| 4666 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 0, |
| 4667 | htab->elf.sgot->contents + off + 4); |
| 4668 | outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_386_TLS_DTPMOD32); |
| 4669 | elf_append_rel (output_bfd, htab->elf.srelgot, &outrel); |
| 4670 | htab->tls_ld_or_ldm_got.offset |= 1; |
| 4671 | } |
| 4672 | relocation = htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma |
| 4673 | + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset + off |
| 4674 | - htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma |
| 4675 | - htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset; |
| 4676 | unresolved_reloc = FALSE; |
| 4677 | break; |
| 4678 | |
| 4679 | case R_386_TLS_LDO_32: |
| 4680 | if (!bfd_link_executable (info) |
| 4681 | || (input_section->flags & SEC_CODE) == 0) |
| 4682 | relocation -= _bfd_x86_elf_dtpoff_base (info); |
| 4683 | else |
| 4684 | /* When converting LDO to LE, we must negate. */ |
| 4685 | relocation = -elf_i386_tpoff (info, relocation); |
| 4686 | break; |
| 4687 | |
| 4688 | case R_386_TLS_LE_32: |
| 4689 | case R_386_TLS_LE: |
| 4690 | if (!bfd_link_executable (info)) |
| 4691 | { |
| 4692 | Elf_Internal_Rela outrel; |
| 4693 | asection *sreloc; |
| 4694 | |
| 4695 | outrel.r_offset = rel->r_offset |
| 4696 | + input_section->output_section->vma |
| 4697 | + input_section->output_offset; |
| 4698 | if (h != NULL && h->dynindx != -1) |
| 4699 | indx = h->dynindx; |
| 4700 | else |
| 4701 | indx = 0; |
| 4702 | if (r_type == R_386_TLS_LE_32) |
| 4703 | outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_386_TLS_TPOFF32); |
| 4704 | else |
| 4705 | outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_386_TLS_TPOFF); |
| 4706 | sreloc = elf_section_data (input_section)->sreloc; |
| 4707 | if (sreloc == NULL) |
| 4708 | abort (); |
| 4709 | elf_append_rel (output_bfd, sreloc, &outrel); |
| 4710 | if (indx) |
| 4711 | continue; |
| 4712 | else if (r_type == R_386_TLS_LE_32) |
| 4713 | relocation = _bfd_x86_elf_dtpoff_base (info) - relocation; |
| 4714 | else |
| 4715 | relocation -= _bfd_x86_elf_dtpoff_base (info); |
| 4716 | } |
| 4717 | else if (r_type == R_386_TLS_LE_32) |
| 4718 | relocation = elf_i386_tpoff (info, relocation); |
| 4719 | else |
| 4720 | relocation = -elf_i386_tpoff (info, relocation); |
| 4721 | break; |
| 4722 | |
| 4723 | default: |
| 4724 | break; |
| 4725 | } |
| 4726 | |
| 4727 | /* Dynamic relocs are not propagated for SEC_DEBUGGING sections |
| 4728 | because such sections are not SEC_ALLOC and thus ld.so will |
| 4729 | not process them. */ |
| 4730 | if (unresolved_reloc |
| 4731 | && !((input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0 |
| 4732 | && h->def_dynamic) |
| 4733 | && _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section, |
| 4734 | rel->r_offset) != (bfd_vma) -1) |
| 4735 | { |
| 4736 | _bfd_error_handler |
| 4737 | /* xgettext:c-format */ |
| 4738 | (_("%B(%A+%#Lx): unresolvable %s relocation against symbol `%s'"), |
| 4739 | input_bfd, |
| 4740 | input_section, |
| 4741 | rel->r_offset, |
| 4742 | howto->name, |
| 4743 | h->root.root.string); |
| 4744 | return FALSE; |
| 4745 | } |
| 4746 | |
| 4747 | do_relocation: |
| 4748 | r = _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto, input_bfd, input_section, |
| 4749 | contents, rel->r_offset, |
| 4750 | relocation, 0); |
| 4751 | |
| 4752 | check_relocation_error: |
| 4753 | if (r != bfd_reloc_ok) |
| 4754 | { |
| 4755 | const char *name; |
| 4756 | |
| 4757 | if (h != NULL) |
| 4758 | name = h->root.root.string; |
| 4759 | else |
| 4760 | { |
| 4761 | name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd, |
| 4762 | symtab_hdr->sh_link, |
| 4763 | sym->st_name); |
| 4764 | if (name == NULL) |
| 4765 | return FALSE; |
| 4766 | if (*name == '\0') |
| 4767 | name = bfd_section_name (input_bfd, sec); |
| 4768 | } |
| 4769 | |
| 4770 | if (r == bfd_reloc_overflow) |
| 4771 | (*info->callbacks->reloc_overflow) |
| 4772 | (info, (h ? &h->root : NULL), name, howto->name, |
| 4773 | (bfd_vma) 0, input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset); |
| 4774 | else |
| 4775 | { |
| 4776 | _bfd_error_handler |
| 4777 | /* xgettext:c-format */ |
| 4778 | (_("%B(%A+%#Lx): reloc against `%s': error %d"), |
| 4779 | input_bfd, input_section, |
| 4780 | rel->r_offset, name, (int) r); |
| 4781 | return FALSE; |
| 4782 | } |
| 4783 | } |
| 4784 | |
| 4785 | if (wrel != rel) |
| 4786 | *wrel = *rel; |
| 4787 | } |
| 4788 | |
| 4789 | if (wrel != rel) |
| 4790 | { |
| 4791 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr; |
| 4792 | size_t deleted = rel - wrel; |
| 4793 | |
| 4794 | rel_hdr = _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (input_section->output_section); |
| 4795 | rel_hdr->sh_size -= rel_hdr->sh_entsize * deleted; |
| 4796 | if (rel_hdr->sh_size == 0) |
| 4797 | { |
| 4798 | /* It is too late to remove an empty reloc section. Leave |
| 4799 | one NONE reloc. |
| 4800 | ??? What is wrong with an empty section??? */ |
| 4801 | rel_hdr->sh_size = rel_hdr->sh_entsize; |
| 4802 | deleted -= 1; |
| 4803 | } |
| 4804 | rel_hdr = _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (input_section); |
| 4805 | rel_hdr->sh_size -= rel_hdr->sh_entsize * deleted; |
| 4806 | input_section->reloc_count -= deleted; |
| 4807 | } |
| 4808 | |
| 4809 | return TRUE; |
| 4810 | } |
| 4811 | |
| 4812 | /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various |
| 4813 | dynamic sections here. */ |
| 4814 | |
| 4815 | static bfd_boolean |
| 4816 | elf_i386_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd, |
| 4817 | struct bfd_link_info *info, |
| 4818 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, |
| 4819 | Elf_Internal_Sym *sym) |
| 4820 | { |
| 4821 | struct elf_x86_link_hash_table *htab; |
| 4822 | unsigned plt_entry_size; |
| 4823 | const struct elf_i386_backend_data *abed; |
| 4824 | struct elf_x86_link_hash_entry *eh; |
| 4825 | bfd_boolean local_undefweak; |
| 4826 | bfd_boolean use_plt_second; |
| 4827 | |
| 4828 | htab = elf_x86_hash_table (info, I386_ELF_DATA); |
| 4829 | if (htab == NULL) |
| 4830 | return FALSE; |
| 4831 | |
| 4832 | abed = get_elf_i386_backend_data (output_bfd); |
| 4833 | plt_entry_size = htab->plt.plt_entry_size; |
| 4834 | |
| 4835 | /* Use the second PLT section only if there is .plt section. */ |
| 4836 | use_plt_second = htab->elf.splt != NULL && htab->plt_second != NULL; |
| 4837 | |
| 4838 | eh = (struct elf_x86_link_hash_entry *) h; |
| 4839 | if (eh->no_finish_dynamic_symbol) |
| 4840 | abort (); |
| 4841 | |
| 4842 | /* We keep PLT/GOT entries without dynamic PLT/GOT relocations for |
| 4843 | resolved undefined weak symbols in executable so that their |
| 4844 | references have value 0 at run-time. */ |
| 4845 | local_undefweak = UNDEFINED_WEAK_RESOLVED_TO_ZERO (info, I386_ELF_DATA, |
| 4846 | eh->has_got_reloc, |
| 4847 | eh); |
| 4848 | |
| 4849 | if (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1) |
| 4850 | { |
| 4851 | bfd_vma plt_index, plt_offset; |
| 4852 | bfd_vma got_offset; |
| 4853 | Elf_Internal_Rela rel; |
| 4854 | bfd_byte *loc; |
| 4855 | asection *plt, *resolved_plt, *gotplt, *relplt; |
| 4856 | |
| 4857 | /* When building a static executable, use .iplt, .igot.plt and |
| 4858 | .rel.iplt sections for STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols. */ |
| 4859 | if (htab->elf.splt != NULL) |
| 4860 | { |
| 4861 | plt = htab->elf.splt; |
| 4862 | gotplt = htab->elf.sgotplt; |
| 4863 | relplt = htab->elf.srelplt; |
| 4864 | } |
| 4865 | else |
| 4866 | { |
| 4867 | plt = htab->elf.iplt; |
| 4868 | gotplt = htab->elf.igotplt; |
| 4869 | relplt = htab->elf.irelplt; |
| 4870 | } |
| 4871 | |
| 4872 | /* This symbol has an entry in the procedure linkage table. Set |
| 4873 | it up. */ |
| 4874 | |
| 4875 | if ((h->dynindx == -1 |
| 4876 | && !local_undefweak |
| 4877 | && !((h->forced_local || bfd_link_executable (info)) |
| 4878 | && h->def_regular |
| 4879 | && h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)) |
| 4880 | || plt == NULL |
| 4881 | || gotplt == NULL |
| 4882 | || relplt == NULL) |
| 4883 | abort (); |
| 4884 | |
| 4885 | /* Get the index in the procedure linkage table which |
| 4886 | corresponds to this symbol. This is the index of this symbol |
| 4887 | in all the symbols for which we are making plt entries. The |
| 4888 | first entry in the procedure linkage table is reserved. |
| 4889 | |
| 4890 | Get the offset into the .got table of the entry that |
| 4891 | corresponds to this function. Each .got entry is 4 bytes. |
| 4892 | The first three are reserved. |
| 4893 | |
| 4894 | For static executables, we don't reserve anything. */ |
| 4895 | |
| 4896 | if (plt == htab->elf.splt) |
| 4897 | { |
| 4898 | got_offset = (h->plt.offset / plt_entry_size |
| 4899 | - htab->plt.has_plt0); |
| 4900 | got_offset = (got_offset + 3) * 4; |
| 4901 | } |
| 4902 | else |
| 4903 | { |
| 4904 | got_offset = h->plt.offset / plt_entry_size; |
| 4905 | got_offset = got_offset * 4; |
| 4906 | } |
| 4907 | |
| 4908 | /* Fill in the entry in the procedure linkage table and update |
| 4909 | the first slot. */ |
| 4910 | memcpy (plt->contents + h->plt.offset, htab->plt.plt_entry, |
| 4911 | plt_entry_size); |
| 4912 | |
| 4913 | if (use_plt_second) |
| 4914 | { |
| 4915 | const bfd_byte *plt_entry; |
| 4916 | if (bfd_link_pic (info)) |
| 4917 | plt_entry = htab->non_lazy_plt->pic_plt_entry; |
| 4918 | else |
| 4919 | plt_entry = htab->non_lazy_plt->plt_entry; |
| 4920 | memcpy (htab->plt_second->contents + eh->plt_second.offset, |
| 4921 | plt_entry, htab->non_lazy_plt->plt_entry_size); |
| 4922 | |
| 4923 | resolved_plt = htab->plt_second; |
| 4924 | plt_offset = eh->plt_second.offset; |
| 4925 | } |
| 4926 | else |
| 4927 | { |
| 4928 | resolved_plt = plt; |
| 4929 | plt_offset = h->plt.offset; |
| 4930 | } |
| 4931 | |
| 4932 | if (! bfd_link_pic (info)) |
| 4933 | { |
| 4934 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, |
| 4935 | (gotplt->output_section->vma |
| 4936 | + gotplt->output_offset |
| 4937 | + got_offset), |
| 4938 | resolved_plt->contents + plt_offset |
| 4939 | + htab->plt.plt_got_offset); |
| 4940 | |
| 4941 | if (abed->os == is_vxworks) |
| 4942 | { |
| 4943 | int s, k, reloc_index; |
| 4944 | |
| 4945 | /* Create the R_386_32 relocation referencing the GOT |
| 4946 | for this PLT entry. */ |
| 4947 | |
| 4948 | /* S: Current slot number (zero-based). */ |
| 4949 | s = ((h->plt.offset - htab->plt.plt_entry_size) |
| 4950 | / htab->plt.plt_entry_size); |
| 4951 | /* K: Number of relocations for PLTResolve. */ |
| 4952 | if (bfd_link_pic (info)) |
| 4953 | k = PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS_SHLIB; |
| 4954 | else |
| 4955 | k = PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS; |
| 4956 | /* Skip the PLTresolve relocations, and the relocations for |
| 4957 | the other PLT slots. */ |
| 4958 | reloc_index = k + s * PLT_NON_JUMP_SLOT_RELOCS; |
| 4959 | loc = (htab->srelplt2->contents + reloc_index |
| 4960 | * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel)); |
| 4961 | |
| 4962 | rel.r_offset = (plt->output_section->vma |
| 4963 | + plt->output_offset |
| 4964 | + h->plt.offset + 2), |
| 4965 | rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_386_32); |
| 4966 | bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc); |
| 4967 | |
| 4968 | /* Create the R_386_32 relocation referencing the beginning of |
| 4969 | the PLT for this GOT entry. */ |
| 4970 | rel.r_offset = (htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma |
| 4971 | + htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset |
| 4972 | + got_offset); |
| 4973 | rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hplt->indx, R_386_32); |
| 4974 | bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, |
| 4975 | loc + sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel)); |
| 4976 | } |
| 4977 | } |
| 4978 | else |
| 4979 | { |
| 4980 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, got_offset, |
| 4981 | resolved_plt->contents + plt_offset |
| 4982 | + htab->plt.plt_got_offset); |
| 4983 | } |
| 4984 | |
| 4985 | /* Fill in the entry in the global offset table. Leave the entry |
| 4986 | as zero for undefined weak symbol in PIE. No PLT relocation |
| 4987 | against undefined weak symbol in PIE. */ |
| 4988 | if (!local_undefweak) |
| 4989 | { |
| 4990 | if (htab->plt.has_plt0) |
| 4991 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, |
| 4992 | (plt->output_section->vma |
| 4993 | + plt->output_offset |
| 4994 | + h->plt.offset |
| 4995 | + htab->lazy_plt->plt_lazy_offset), |
| 4996 | gotplt->contents + got_offset); |
| 4997 | |
| 4998 | /* Fill in the entry in the .rel.plt section. */ |
| 4999 | rel.r_offset = (gotplt->output_section->vma |
| 5000 | + gotplt->output_offset |
| 5001 | + got_offset); |
| 5002 | if (h->dynindx == -1 |
| 5003 | || ((bfd_link_executable (info) |
| 5004 | || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT) |
| 5005 | && h->def_regular |
| 5006 | && h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)) |
| 5007 | { |
| 5008 | info->callbacks->minfo (_("Local IFUNC function `%s' in %B\n"), |
| 5009 | h->root.root.string, |
| 5010 | h->root.u.def.section->owner); |
| 5011 | |
| 5012 | /* If an STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol is locally defined, generate |
| 5013 | R_386_IRELATIVE instead of R_386_JUMP_SLOT. Store addend |
| 5014 | in the .got.plt section. */ |
| 5015 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, |
| 5016 | (h->root.u.def.value |
| 5017 | + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma |
| 5018 | + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset), |
| 5019 | gotplt->contents + got_offset); |
| 5020 | rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_386_IRELATIVE); |
| 5021 | /* R_386_IRELATIVE comes last. */ |
| 5022 | plt_index = htab->next_irelative_index--; |
| 5023 | } |
| 5024 | else |
| 5025 | { |
| 5026 | rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_386_JUMP_SLOT); |
| 5027 | plt_index = htab->next_jump_slot_index++; |
| 5028 | } |
| 5029 | |
| 5030 | loc = relplt->contents + plt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel); |
| 5031 | bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc); |
| 5032 | |
| 5033 | /* Don't fill the second and third slots in PLT entry for |
| 5034 | static executables nor without PLT0. */ |
| 5035 | if (plt == htab->elf.splt && htab->plt.has_plt0) |
| 5036 | { |
| 5037 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, |
| 5038 | plt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel), |
| 5039 | plt->contents + h->plt.offset |
| 5040 | + htab->lazy_plt->plt_reloc_offset); |
| 5041 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, |
| 5042 | - (h->plt.offset |
| 5043 | + htab->lazy_plt->plt_plt_offset + 4), |
| 5044 | (plt->contents + h->plt.offset |
| 5045 | + htab->lazy_plt->plt_plt_offset)); |
| 5046 | } |
| 5047 | } |
| 5048 | } |
| 5049 | else if (eh->plt_got.offset != (bfd_vma) -1) |
| 5050 | { |
| 5051 | bfd_vma got_offset, plt_offset; |
| 5052 | asection *plt, *got, *gotplt; |
| 5053 | const bfd_byte *got_plt_entry; |
| 5054 | |
| 5055 | /* Set the entry in the GOT procedure linkage table. */ |
| 5056 | plt = htab->plt_got; |
| 5057 | got = htab->elf.sgot; |
| 5058 | gotplt = htab->elf.sgotplt; |
| 5059 | got_offset = h->got.offset; |
| 5060 | |
| 5061 | if (got_offset == (bfd_vma) -1 |
| 5062 | || plt == NULL |
| 5063 | || got == NULL |
| 5064 | || gotplt == NULL) |
| 5065 | abort (); |
| 5066 | |
| 5067 | /* Fill in the entry in the GOT procedure linkage table. */ |
| 5068 | if (! bfd_link_pic (info)) |
| 5069 | { |
| 5070 | got_plt_entry = htab->non_lazy_plt->plt_entry; |
| 5071 | got_offset += got->output_section->vma + got->output_offset; |
| 5072 | } |
| 5073 | else |
| 5074 | { |
| 5075 | got_plt_entry = htab->non_lazy_plt->pic_plt_entry; |
| 5076 | got_offset += (got->output_section->vma |
| 5077 | + got->output_offset |
| 5078 | - gotplt->output_section->vma |
| 5079 | - gotplt->output_offset); |
| 5080 | } |
| 5081 | |
| 5082 | plt_offset = eh->plt_got.offset; |
| 5083 | memcpy (plt->contents + plt_offset, got_plt_entry, |
| 5084 | htab->non_lazy_plt->plt_entry_size); |
| 5085 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, got_offset, |
| 5086 | (plt->contents + plt_offset |
| 5087 | + htab->non_lazy_plt->plt_got_offset)); |
| 5088 | } |
| 5089 | |
| 5090 | if (!local_undefweak |
| 5091 | && !h->def_regular |
| 5092 | && (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1 |
| 5093 | || eh->plt_got.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)) |
| 5094 | { |
| 5095 | /* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as defined in |
| 5096 | the .plt section. Leave the value if there were any |
| 5097 | relocations where pointer equality matters (this is a clue |
| 5098 | for the dynamic linker, to make function pointer |
| 5099 | comparisons work between an application and shared |
| 5100 | library), otherwise set it to zero. If a function is only |
| 5101 | called from a binary, there is no need to slow down |
| 5102 | shared libraries because of that. */ |
| 5103 | sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF; |
| 5104 | if (!h->pointer_equality_needed) |
| 5105 | sym->st_value = 0; |
| 5106 | } |
| 5107 | |
| 5108 | /* Don't generate dynamic GOT relocation against undefined weak |
| 5109 | symbol in executable. */ |
| 5110 | if (h->got.offset != (bfd_vma) -1 |
| 5111 | && ! GOT_TLS_GD_ANY_P (elf_x86_hash_entry(h)->tls_type) |
| 5112 | && (elf_x86_hash_entry(h)->tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE) == 0 |
| 5113 | && !local_undefweak) |
| 5114 | { |
| 5115 | Elf_Internal_Rela rel; |
| 5116 | asection *relgot = htab->elf.srelgot; |
| 5117 | |
| 5118 | /* This symbol has an entry in the global offset table. Set it |
| 5119 | up. */ |
| 5120 | |
| 5121 | if (htab->elf.sgot == NULL || htab->elf.srelgot == NULL) |
| 5122 | abort (); |
| 5123 | |
| 5124 | rel.r_offset = (htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma |
| 5125 | + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset |
| 5126 | + (h->got.offset & ~(bfd_vma) 1)); |
| 5127 | |
| 5128 | /* If this is a static link, or it is a -Bsymbolic link and the |
| 5129 | symbol is defined locally or was forced to be local because |
| 5130 | of a version file, we just want to emit a RELATIVE reloc. |
| 5131 | The entry in the global offset table will already have been |
| 5132 | initialized in the relocate_section function. */ |
| 5133 | if (h->def_regular |
| 5134 | && h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC) |
| 5135 | { |
| 5136 | if (h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1) |
| 5137 | { |
| 5138 | /* STT_GNU_IFUNC is referenced without PLT. */ |
| 5139 | if (htab->elf.splt == NULL) |
| 5140 | { |
| 5141 | /* use .rel[a].iplt section to store .got relocations |
| 5142 | in static executable. */ |
| 5143 | relgot = htab->elf.irelplt; |
| 5144 | } |
| 5145 | if (SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h)) |
| 5146 | { |
| 5147 | info->callbacks->minfo (_("Local IFUNC function `%s' in %B\n"), |
| 5148 | h->root.root.string, |
| 5149 | h->root.u.def.section->owner); |
| 5150 | |
| 5151 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, |
| 5152 | (h->root.u.def.value |
| 5153 | + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma |
| 5154 | + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset), |
| 5155 | htab->elf.sgot->contents + h->got.offset); |
| 5156 | rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_386_IRELATIVE); |
| 5157 | } |
| 5158 | else |
| 5159 | goto do_glob_dat; |
| 5160 | } |
| 5161 | else if (bfd_link_pic (info)) |
| 5162 | { |
| 5163 | /* Generate R_386_GLOB_DAT. */ |
| 5164 | goto do_glob_dat; |
| 5165 | } |
| 5166 | else |
| 5167 | { |
| 5168 | asection *plt; |
| 5169 | bfd_vma plt_offset; |
| 5170 | |
| 5171 | if (!h->pointer_equality_needed) |
| 5172 | abort (); |
| 5173 | |
| 5174 | /* For non-shared object, we can't use .got.plt, which |
| 5175 | contains the real function addres if we need pointer |
| 5176 | equality. We load the GOT entry with the PLT entry. */ |
| 5177 | if (htab->plt_second != NULL) |
| 5178 | { |
| 5179 | plt = htab->plt_second; |
| 5180 | plt_offset = eh->plt_second.offset; |
| 5181 | } |
| 5182 | else |
| 5183 | { |
| 5184 | plt = htab->elf.splt ? htab->elf.splt : htab->elf.iplt; |
| 5185 | plt_offset = h->plt.offset; |
| 5186 | } |
| 5187 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, |
| 5188 | (plt->output_section->vma |
| 5189 | + plt->output_offset + plt_offset), |
| 5190 | htab->elf.sgot->contents + h->got.offset); |
| 5191 | return TRUE; |
| 5192 | } |
| 5193 | } |
| 5194 | else if (bfd_link_pic (info) |
| 5195 | && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h)) |
| 5196 | { |
| 5197 | BFD_ASSERT((h->got.offset & 1) != 0); |
| 5198 | rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_386_RELATIVE); |
| 5199 | } |
| 5200 | else |
| 5201 | { |
| 5202 | BFD_ASSERT((h->got.offset & 1) == 0); |
| 5203 | do_glob_dat: |
| 5204 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, |
| 5205 | htab->elf.sgot->contents + h->got.offset); |
| 5206 | rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_386_GLOB_DAT); |
| 5207 | } |
| 5208 | |
| 5209 | elf_append_rel (output_bfd, relgot, &rel); |
| 5210 | } |
| 5211 | |
| 5212 | if (h->needs_copy) |
| 5213 | { |
| 5214 | Elf_Internal_Rela rel; |
| 5215 | asection *s; |
| 5216 | |
| 5217 | /* This symbol needs a copy reloc. Set it up. */ |
| 5218 | |
| 5219 | if (h->dynindx == -1 |
| 5220 | || (h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined |
| 5221 | && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defweak) |
| 5222 | || htab->elf.srelbss == NULL |
| 5223 | || htab->elf.sreldynrelro == NULL) |
| 5224 | abort (); |
| 5225 | |
| 5226 | rel.r_offset = (h->root.u.def.value |
| 5227 | + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma |
| 5228 | + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset); |
| 5229 | rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_386_COPY); |
| 5230 | if (h->root.u.def.section == htab->elf.sdynrelro) |
| 5231 | s = htab->elf.sreldynrelro; |
| 5232 | else |
| 5233 | s = htab->elf.srelbss; |
| 5234 | elf_append_rel (output_bfd, s, &rel); |
| 5235 | } |
| 5236 | |
| 5237 | return TRUE; |
| 5238 | } |
| 5239 | |
| 5240 | /* Finish up local dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of |
| 5241 | various dynamic sections here. */ |
| 5242 | |
| 5243 | static bfd_boolean |
| 5244 | elf_i386_finish_local_dynamic_symbol (void **slot, void *inf) |
| 5245 | { |
| 5246 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *h |
| 5247 | = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) *slot; |
| 5248 | struct bfd_link_info *info |
| 5249 | = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf; |
| 5250 | |
| 5251 | return elf_i386_finish_dynamic_symbol (info->output_bfd, info, |
| 5252 | h, NULL); |
| 5253 | } |
| 5254 | |
| 5255 | /* Finish up undefined weak symbol handling in PIE. Fill its PLT entry |
| 5256 | here since undefined weak symbol may not be dynamic and may not be |
| 5257 | called for elf_i386_finish_dynamic_symbol. */ |
| 5258 | |
| 5259 | static bfd_boolean |
| 5260 | elf_i386_pie_finish_undefweak_symbol (struct bfd_hash_entry *bh, |
| 5261 | void *inf) |
| 5262 | { |
| 5263 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh; |
| 5264 | struct bfd_link_info *info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf; |
| 5265 | |
| 5266 | if (h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak |
| 5267 | || h->dynindx != -1) |
| 5268 | return TRUE; |
| 5269 | |
| 5270 | return elf_i386_finish_dynamic_symbol (info->output_bfd, |
| 5271 | info, h, NULL); |
| 5272 | } |
| 5273 | |
| 5274 | /* Used to decide how to sort relocs in an optimal manner for the |
| 5275 | dynamic linker, before writing them out. */ |
| 5276 | |
| 5277 | static enum elf_reloc_type_class |
| 5278 | elf_i386_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info *info, |
| 5279 | const asection *rel_sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| 5280 | const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela) |
| 5281 | { |
| 5282 | bfd *abfd = info->output_bfd; |
| 5283 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| 5284 | struct elf_link_hash_table *htab = elf_hash_table (info); |
| 5285 | |
| 5286 | if (htab->dynsym != NULL |
| 5287 | && htab->dynsym->contents != NULL) |
| 5288 | { |
| 5289 | /* Check relocation against STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol if there are |
| 5290 | dynamic symbols. */ |
| 5291 | unsigned long r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rela->r_info); |
| 5292 | if (r_symndx != STN_UNDEF) |
| 5293 | { |
| 5294 | Elf_Internal_Sym sym; |
| 5295 | if (!bed->s->swap_symbol_in (abfd, |
| 5296 | (htab->dynsym->contents |
| 5297 | + r_symndx * sizeof (Elf32_External_Sym)), |
| 5298 | 0, &sym)) |
| 5299 | abort (); |
| 5300 | |
| 5301 | if (ELF32_ST_TYPE (sym.st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC) |
| 5302 | return reloc_class_ifunc; |
| 5303 | } |
| 5304 | } |
| 5305 | |
| 5306 | switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rela->r_info)) |
| 5307 | { |
| 5308 | case R_386_IRELATIVE: |
| 5309 | return reloc_class_ifunc; |
| 5310 | case R_386_RELATIVE: |
| 5311 | return reloc_class_relative; |
| 5312 | case R_386_JUMP_SLOT: |
| 5313 | return reloc_class_plt; |
| 5314 | case R_386_COPY: |
| 5315 | return reloc_class_copy; |
| 5316 | default: |
| 5317 | return reloc_class_normal; |
| 5318 | } |
| 5319 | } |
| 5320 | |
| 5321 | /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */ |
| 5322 | |
| 5323 | static bfd_boolean |
| 5324 | elf_i386_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd, |
| 5325 | struct bfd_link_info *info) |
| 5326 | { |
| 5327 | struct elf_x86_link_hash_table *htab; |
| 5328 | bfd *dynobj; |
| 5329 | asection *sdyn; |
| 5330 | const struct elf_i386_backend_data *abed; |
| 5331 | |
| 5332 | htab = elf_x86_hash_table (info, I386_ELF_DATA); |
| 5333 | if (htab == NULL) |
| 5334 | return FALSE; |
| 5335 | |
| 5336 | dynobj = htab->elf.dynobj; |
| 5337 | sdyn = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".dynamic"); |
| 5338 | abed = get_elf_i386_backend_data (output_bfd); |
| 5339 | |
| 5340 | if (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created) |
| 5341 | { |
| 5342 | Elf32_External_Dyn *dyncon, *dynconend; |
| 5343 | |
| 5344 | if (sdyn == NULL || htab->elf.sgot == NULL) |
| 5345 | abort (); |
| 5346 | |
| 5347 | dyncon = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) sdyn->contents; |
| 5348 | dynconend = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) (sdyn->contents + sdyn->size); |
| 5349 | for (; dyncon < dynconend; dyncon++) |
| 5350 | { |
| 5351 | Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn; |
| 5352 | asection *s; |
| 5353 | |
| 5354 | bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_in (dynobj, dyncon, &dyn); |
| 5355 | |
| 5356 | switch (dyn.d_tag) |
| 5357 | { |
| 5358 | default: |
| 5359 | if (abed->os == is_vxworks |
| 5360 | && elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd, &dyn)) |
| 5361 | break; |
| 5362 | continue; |
| 5363 | |
| 5364 | case DT_PLTGOT: |
| 5365 | s = htab->elf.sgotplt; |
| 5366 | dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset; |
| 5367 | break; |
| 5368 | |
| 5369 | case DT_JMPREL: |
| 5370 | s = htab->elf.srelplt; |
| 5371 | dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset; |
| 5372 | break; |
| 5373 | |
| 5374 | case DT_PLTRELSZ: |
| 5375 | s = htab->elf.srelplt; |
| 5376 | dyn.d_un.d_val = s->size; |
| 5377 | break; |
| 5378 | } |
| 5379 | |
| 5380 | bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon); |
| 5381 | } |
| 5382 | |
| 5383 | if (htab->elf.splt && htab->elf.splt->size > 0) |
| 5384 | { |
| 5385 | /* UnixWare sets the entsize of .plt to 4, although that doesn't |
| 5386 | really seem like the right value. */ |
| 5387 | elf_section_data (htab->elf.splt->output_section) |
| 5388 | ->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4; |
| 5389 | |
| 5390 | if (htab->plt.has_plt0) |
| 5391 | { |
| 5392 | /* Fill in the special first entry in the procedure linkage |
| 5393 | table. */ |
| 5394 | memcpy (htab->elf.splt->contents, htab->plt.plt0_entry, |
| 5395 | htab->lazy_plt->plt0_entry_size); |
| 5396 | memset (htab->elf.splt->contents + htab->lazy_plt->plt0_entry_size, |
| 5397 | abed->plt0_pad_byte, |
| 5398 | htab->plt.plt_entry_size - htab->lazy_plt->plt0_entry_size); |
| 5399 | if (!bfd_link_pic (info)) |
| 5400 | { |
| 5401 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, |
| 5402 | (htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma |
| 5403 | + htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset |
| 5404 | + 4), |
| 5405 | htab->elf.splt->contents |
| 5406 | + htab->lazy_plt->plt0_got1_offset); |
| 5407 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, |
| 5408 | (htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma |
| 5409 | + htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset |
| 5410 | + 8), |
| 5411 | htab->elf.splt->contents |
| 5412 | + htab->lazy_plt->plt0_got2_offset); |
| 5413 | |
| 5414 | if (abed->os == is_vxworks) |
| 5415 | { |
| 5416 | Elf_Internal_Rela rel; |
| 5417 | int num_plts = (htab->elf.splt->size |
| 5418 | / htab->plt.plt_entry_size) - 1; |
| 5419 | unsigned char *p; |
| 5420 | asection *srelplt2 = htab->srelplt2; |
| 5421 | |
| 5422 | /* Generate a relocation for _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ |
| 5423 | + 4. On IA32 we use REL relocations so the |
| 5424 | addend goes in the PLT directly. */ |
| 5425 | rel.r_offset = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma |
| 5426 | + htab->elf.splt->output_offset |
| 5427 | + htab->lazy_plt->plt0_got1_offset); |
| 5428 | rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, |
| 5429 | R_386_32); |
| 5430 | bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, |
| 5431 | srelplt2->contents); |
| 5432 | /* Generate a relocation for _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ |
| 5433 | + 8. */ |
| 5434 | rel.r_offset = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma |
| 5435 | + htab->elf.splt->output_offset |
| 5436 | + htab->lazy_plt->plt0_got2_offset); |
| 5437 | rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, |
| 5438 | R_386_32); |
| 5439 | bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, |
| 5440 | srelplt2->contents + |
| 5441 | sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel)); |
| 5442 | /* Correct the .rel.plt.unloaded relocations. */ |
| 5443 | p = srelplt2->contents; |
| 5444 | if (bfd_link_pic (info)) |
| 5445 | p += PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS_SHLIB * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel); |
| 5446 | else |
| 5447 | p += PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel); |
| 5448 | |
| 5449 | for (; num_plts; num_plts--) |
| 5450 | { |
| 5451 | bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, p, &rel); |
| 5452 | rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, |
| 5453 | R_386_32); |
| 5454 | bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, p); |
| 5455 | p += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel); |
| 5456 | |
| 5457 | bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, p, &rel); |
| 5458 | rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hplt->indx, |
| 5459 | R_386_32); |
| 5460 | bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, p); |
| 5461 | p += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel); |
| 5462 | } |
| 5463 | } |
| 5464 | } |
| 5465 | } |
| 5466 | } |
| 5467 | |
| 5468 | if (htab->plt_got != NULL && htab->plt_got->size > 0) |
| 5469 | elf_section_data (htab->plt_got->output_section) |
| 5470 | ->this_hdr.sh_entsize = htab->non_lazy_plt->plt_entry_size; |
| 5471 | |
| 5472 | if (htab->plt_second != NULL && htab->plt_second->size > 0) |
| 5473 | elf_section_data (htab->plt_second->output_section) |
| 5474 | ->this_hdr.sh_entsize = htab->non_lazy_plt->plt_entry_size; |
| 5475 | } |
| 5476 | |
| 5477 | /* Fill in the first three entries in the global offset table. */ |
| 5478 | if (htab->elf.sgotplt && htab->elf.sgotplt->size > 0) |
| 5479 | { |
| 5480 | if (bfd_is_abs_section (htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section)) |
| 5481 | { |
| 5482 | _bfd_error_handler |
| 5483 | (_("discarded output section: `%A'"), htab->elf.sgotplt); |
| 5484 | return FALSE; |
| 5485 | } |
| 5486 | |
| 5487 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, |
| 5488 | (sdyn == NULL ? 0 |
| 5489 | : sdyn->output_section->vma + sdyn->output_offset), |
| 5490 | htab->elf.sgotplt->contents); |
| 5491 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 0, htab->elf.sgotplt->contents + 4); |
| 5492 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 0, htab->elf.sgotplt->contents + 8); |
| 5493 | |
| 5494 | elf_section_data (htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4; |
| 5495 | } |
| 5496 | |
| 5497 | /* Adjust .eh_frame for .plt section. */ |
| 5498 | if (htab->plt_eh_frame != NULL |
| 5499 | && htab->plt_eh_frame->contents != NULL) |
| 5500 | { |
| 5501 | if (htab->elf.splt != NULL |
| 5502 | && htab->elf.splt->size != 0 |
| 5503 | && (htab->elf.splt->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0 |
| 5504 | && htab->elf.splt->output_section != NULL |
| 5505 | && htab->plt_eh_frame->output_section != NULL) |
| 5506 | { |
| 5507 | bfd_vma plt_start = htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma; |
| 5508 | bfd_vma eh_frame_start = htab->plt_eh_frame->output_section->vma |
| 5509 | + htab->plt_eh_frame->output_offset |
| 5510 | + PLT_FDE_START_OFFSET; |
| 5511 | bfd_put_signed_32 (dynobj, plt_start - eh_frame_start, |
| 5512 | htab->plt_eh_frame->contents |
| 5513 | + PLT_FDE_START_OFFSET); |
| 5514 | } |
| 5515 | if (htab->plt_eh_frame->sec_info_type |
| 5516 | == SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME) |
| 5517 | { |
| 5518 | if (! _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame (output_bfd, info, |
| 5519 | htab->plt_eh_frame, |
| 5520 | htab->plt_eh_frame->contents)) |
| 5521 | return FALSE; |
| 5522 | } |
| 5523 | } |
| 5524 | |
| 5525 | /* Adjust .eh_frame for .plt.got section. */ |
| 5526 | if (htab->plt_got_eh_frame != NULL |
| 5527 | && htab->plt_got_eh_frame->contents != NULL) |
| 5528 | { |
| 5529 | if (htab->plt_got != NULL |
| 5530 | && htab->plt_got->size != 0 |
| 5531 | && (htab->plt_got->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0 |
| 5532 | && htab->plt_got->output_section != NULL |
| 5533 | && htab->plt_got_eh_frame->output_section != NULL) |
| 5534 | { |
| 5535 | bfd_vma plt_start = htab->plt_got->output_section->vma; |
| 5536 | bfd_vma eh_frame_start = htab->plt_got_eh_frame->output_section->vma |
| 5537 | + htab->plt_got_eh_frame->output_offset |
| 5538 | + PLT_FDE_START_OFFSET; |
| 5539 | bfd_put_signed_32 (dynobj, plt_start - eh_frame_start, |
| 5540 | htab->plt_got_eh_frame->contents |
| 5541 | + PLT_FDE_START_OFFSET); |
| 5542 | } |
| 5543 | if (htab->plt_got_eh_frame->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME) |
| 5544 | { |
| 5545 | if (! _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame (output_bfd, info, |
| 5546 | htab->plt_got_eh_frame, |
| 5547 | htab->plt_got_eh_frame->contents)) |
| 5548 | return FALSE; |
| 5549 | } |
| 5550 | } |
| 5551 | |
| 5552 | /* Adjust .eh_frame for the second PLT section. */ |
| 5553 | if (htab->plt_second_eh_frame != NULL |
| 5554 | && htab->plt_second_eh_frame->contents != NULL) |
| 5555 | { |
| 5556 | if (htab->plt_second != NULL |
| 5557 | && htab->plt_second->size != 0 |
| 5558 | && (htab->plt_second->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0 |
| 5559 | && htab->plt_second->output_section != NULL |
| 5560 | && htab->plt_second_eh_frame->output_section != NULL) |
| 5561 | { |
| 5562 | bfd_vma plt_start = htab->plt_second->output_section->vma; |
| 5563 | bfd_vma eh_frame_start |
| 5564 | = (htab->plt_second_eh_frame->output_section->vma |
| 5565 | + htab->plt_second_eh_frame->output_offset |
| 5566 | + PLT_FDE_START_OFFSET); |
| 5567 | bfd_put_signed_32 (dynobj, plt_start - eh_frame_start, |
| 5568 | htab->plt_second_eh_frame->contents |
| 5569 | + PLT_FDE_START_OFFSET); |
| 5570 | } |
| 5571 | if (htab->plt_second_eh_frame->sec_info_type |
| 5572 | == SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME) |
| 5573 | { |
| 5574 | if (! _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame (output_bfd, info, |
| 5575 | htab->plt_second_eh_frame, |
| 5576 | htab->plt_second_eh_frame->contents)) |
| 5577 | return FALSE; |
| 5578 | } |
| 5579 | } |
| 5580 | |
| 5581 | if (htab->elf.sgot && htab->elf.sgot->size > 0) |
| 5582 | elf_section_data (htab->elf.sgot->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4; |
| 5583 | |
| 5584 | /* Fill PLT entries for undefined weak symbols in PIE. */ |
| 5585 | if (bfd_link_pie (info)) |
| 5586 | bfd_hash_traverse (&info->hash->table, |
| 5587 | elf_i386_pie_finish_undefweak_symbol, |
| 5588 | info); |
| 5589 | |
| 5590 | return TRUE; |
| 5591 | } |
| 5592 | |
| 5593 | /* Fill PLT/GOT entries and allocate dynamic relocations for local |
| 5594 | STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols, which aren't in the ELF linker hash table. |
| 5595 | It has to be done before elf_link_sort_relocs is called so that |
| 5596 | dynamic relocations are properly sorted. */ |
| 5597 | |
| 5598 | static bfd_boolean |
| 5599 | elf_i386_output_arch_local_syms |
| 5600 | (bfd *output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| 5601 | struct bfd_link_info *info, |
| 5602 | void *flaginfo ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| 5603 | int (*func) (void *, const char *, |
| 5604 | Elf_Internal_Sym *, |
| 5605 | asection *, |
| 5606 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *) ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
| 5607 | { |
| 5608 | struct elf_x86_link_hash_table *htab |
| 5609 | = elf_x86_hash_table (info, I386_ELF_DATA); |
| 5610 | if (htab == NULL) |
| 5611 | return FALSE; |
| 5612 | |
| 5613 | /* Fill PLT and GOT entries for local STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols. */ |
| 5614 | htab_traverse (htab->loc_hash_table, |
| 5615 | elf_i386_finish_local_dynamic_symbol, |
| 5616 | info); |
| 5617 | |
| 5618 | return TRUE; |
| 5619 | } |
| 5620 | |
| 5621 | enum elf_i386_plt_type |
| 5622 | { |
| 5623 | plt_non_lazy = 0, |
| 5624 | plt_lazy = 1 << 0, |
| 5625 | plt_pic = 1 << 1, |
| 5626 | plt_second = 1 << 2, |
| 5627 | plt_unknown = -1 |
| 5628 | }; |
| 5629 | |
| 5630 | struct elf_i386_plt |
| 5631 | { |
| 5632 | const char *name; |
| 5633 | asection *sec; |
| 5634 | bfd_byte *contents; |
| 5635 | enum elf_i386_plt_type type; |
| 5636 | unsigned int plt_got_offset; |
| 5637 | unsigned int plt_entry_size; |
| 5638 | long count; |
| 5639 | }; |
| 5640 | |
| 5641 | /* Forward declaration. */ |
| 5642 | static const struct elf_x86_lazy_plt_layout elf_i386_nacl_plt; |
| 5643 | |
| 5644 | /* Similar to _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab. Support PLTs with all |
| 5645 | dynamic relocations. */ |
| 5646 | |
| 5647 | static long |
| 5648 | elf_i386_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd *abfd, |
| 5649 | long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| 5650 | asymbol **syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| 5651 | long dynsymcount, |
| 5652 | asymbol **dynsyms, |
| 5653 | asymbol **ret) |
| 5654 | { |
| 5655 | long size, count, i, n, len; |
| 5656 | int j; |
| 5657 | unsigned int plt_got_offset, plt_entry_size; |
| 5658 | asymbol *s; |
| 5659 | bfd_byte *plt_contents; |
| 5660 | long dynrelcount, relsize; |
| 5661 | arelent **dynrelbuf, *p; |
| 5662 | const struct elf_x86_lazy_plt_layout *lazy_plt; |
| 5663 | const struct elf_x86_non_lazy_plt_layout *non_lazy_plt; |
| 5664 | const struct elf_x86_lazy_plt_layout *lazy_ibt_plt; |
| 5665 | const struct elf_x86_non_lazy_plt_layout *non_lazy_ibt_plt; |
| 5666 | asection *plt; |
| 5667 | bfd_vma got_addr; |
| 5668 | char *names; |
| 5669 | enum elf_i386_plt_type plt_type; |
| 5670 | struct elf_i386_plt plts[] = |
| 5671 | { |
| 5672 | { ".plt", NULL, NULL, plt_unknown, 0, 0, 0 }, |
| 5673 | { ".plt.got", NULL, NULL, plt_non_lazy, 0, 0, 0 }, |
| 5674 | { ".plt.sec", NULL, NULL, plt_second, 0, 0, 0 }, |
| 5675 | { NULL, NULL, NULL, plt_non_lazy, 0, 0, 0 } |
| 5676 | }; |
| 5677 | |
| 5678 | *ret = NULL; |
| 5679 | |
| 5680 | if ((abfd->flags & (DYNAMIC | EXEC_P)) == 0) |
| 5681 | return 0; |
| 5682 | |
| 5683 | if (dynsymcount <= 0) |
| 5684 | return 0; |
| 5685 | |
| 5686 | relsize = bfd_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound (abfd); |
| 5687 | if (relsize <= 0) |
| 5688 | return -1; |
| 5689 | |
| 5690 | non_lazy_plt = NULL; |
| 5691 | /* Silence GCC 6. */ |
| 5692 | lazy_plt = NULL; |
| 5693 | non_lazy_ibt_plt = NULL; |
| 5694 | lazy_ibt_plt = NULL; |
| 5695 | switch (get_elf_i386_backend_data (abfd)->os) |
| 5696 | { |
| 5697 | case is_normal: |
| 5698 | non_lazy_plt = &elf_i386_non_lazy_plt; |
| 5699 | lazy_ibt_plt = &elf_i386_lazy_ibt_plt; |
| 5700 | non_lazy_ibt_plt = &elf_i386_non_lazy_ibt_plt; |
| 5701 | /* Fall through */ |
| 5702 | case is_vxworks: |
| 5703 | lazy_plt = &elf_i386_lazy_plt; |
| 5704 | break; |
| 5705 | case is_nacl: |
| 5706 | lazy_plt = &elf_i386_nacl_plt; |
| 5707 | break; |
| 5708 | } |
| 5709 | |
| 5710 | got_addr = 0; |
| 5711 | |
| 5712 | count = 0; |
| 5713 | for (j = 0; plts[j].name != NULL; j++) |
| 5714 | { |
| 5715 | plt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, plts[j].name); |
| 5716 | if (plt == NULL || plt->size == 0) |
| 5717 | continue; |
| 5718 | |
| 5719 | /* Get the PLT section contents. */ |
| 5720 | plt_contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_malloc (plt->size); |
| 5721 | if (plt_contents == NULL) |
| 5722 | break; |
| 5723 | if (!bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, (asection *) plt, |
| 5724 | plt_contents, 0, plt->size)) |
| 5725 | { |
| 5726 | free (plt_contents); |
| 5727 | break; |
| 5728 | } |
| 5729 | |
| 5730 | /* Check what kind of PLT it is. */ |
| 5731 | plt_type = plt_unknown; |
| 5732 | if (plts[j].type == plt_unknown |
| 5733 | && (plt->size >= (lazy_plt->plt0_entry_size |
| 5734 | + lazy_plt->plt_entry_size))) |
| 5735 | { |
| 5736 | /* Match lazy PLT first. */ |
| 5737 | if (memcmp (plt_contents, lazy_plt->plt0_entry, |
| 5738 | lazy_plt->plt0_got1_offset) == 0) |
| 5739 | { |
| 5740 | /* The fist entry in the lazy IBT PLT is the same as the |
| 5741 | normal lazy PLT. */ |
| 5742 | if (lazy_ibt_plt != NULL |
| 5743 | && (memcmp (plt_contents + lazy_ibt_plt->plt0_entry_size, |
| 5744 | lazy_ibt_plt->plt_entry, |
| 5745 | lazy_ibt_plt->plt_got_offset) == 0)) |
| 5746 | plt_type = plt_lazy | plt_second; |
| 5747 | else |
| 5748 | plt_type = plt_lazy; |
| 5749 | } |
| 5750 | else if (memcmp (plt_contents, lazy_plt->pic_plt0_entry, |
| 5751 | lazy_plt->plt0_got1_offset) == 0) |
| 5752 | { |
| 5753 | /* The fist entry in the PIC lazy IBT PLT is the same as |
| 5754 | the normal PIC lazy PLT. */ |
| 5755 | if (lazy_ibt_plt != NULL |
| 5756 | && (memcmp (plt_contents + lazy_ibt_plt->plt0_entry_size, |
| 5757 | lazy_ibt_plt->pic_plt_entry, |
| 5758 | lazy_ibt_plt->plt_got_offset) == 0)) |
| 5759 | plt_type = plt_lazy | plt_pic | plt_second; |
| 5760 | else |
| 5761 | plt_type = plt_lazy | plt_pic; |
| 5762 | } |
| 5763 | } |
| 5764 | |
| 5765 | if (non_lazy_plt != NULL |
| 5766 | && (plt_type == plt_unknown || plt_type == plt_non_lazy) |
| 5767 | && plt->size >= non_lazy_plt->plt_entry_size) |
| 5768 | { |
| 5769 | /* Match non-lazy PLT. */ |
| 5770 | if (memcmp (plt_contents, non_lazy_plt->plt_entry, |
| 5771 | non_lazy_plt->plt_got_offset) == 0) |
| 5772 | plt_type = plt_non_lazy; |
| 5773 | else if (memcmp (plt_contents, non_lazy_plt->pic_plt_entry, |
| 5774 | non_lazy_plt->plt_got_offset) == 0) |
| 5775 | plt_type = plt_pic; |
| 5776 | } |
| 5777 | |
| 5778 | if ((non_lazy_ibt_plt != NULL) |
| 5779 | && (plt_type == plt_unknown || plt_type == plt_second) |
| 5780 | && plt->size >= non_lazy_ibt_plt->plt_entry_size) |
| 5781 | { |
| 5782 | if (memcmp (plt_contents, |
| 5783 | non_lazy_ibt_plt->plt_entry, |
| 5784 | non_lazy_ibt_plt->plt_got_offset) == 0) |
| 5785 | { |
| 5786 | /* Match IBT PLT. */ |
| 5787 | plt_type = plt_second; |
| 5788 | non_lazy_plt = non_lazy_ibt_plt; |
| 5789 | } |
| 5790 | else if (memcmp (plt_contents, |
| 5791 | non_lazy_ibt_plt->pic_plt_entry, |
| 5792 | non_lazy_ibt_plt->plt_got_offset) == 0) |
| 5793 | { |
| 5794 | /* Match PIC IBT PLT. */ |
| 5795 | plt_type = plt_second | plt_pic; |
| 5796 | non_lazy_plt = non_lazy_ibt_plt; |
| 5797 | } |
| 5798 | } |
| 5799 | |
| 5800 | if (plt_type == plt_unknown) |
| 5801 | { |
| 5802 | free (plt_contents); |
| 5803 | continue; |
| 5804 | } |
| 5805 | |
| 5806 | plts[j].sec = plt; |
| 5807 | plts[j].type = plt_type; |
| 5808 | |
| 5809 | if ((plt_type & plt_lazy)) |
| 5810 | { |
| 5811 | plts[j].plt_got_offset = lazy_plt->plt_got_offset; |
| 5812 | plts[j].plt_entry_size = lazy_plt->plt_entry_size; |
| 5813 | /* Skip PLT0 in lazy PLT. */ |
| 5814 | i = 1; |
| 5815 | } |
| 5816 | else |
| 5817 | { |
| 5818 | plts[j].plt_got_offset = non_lazy_plt->plt_got_offset; |
| 5819 | plts[j].plt_entry_size = non_lazy_plt->plt_entry_size; |
| 5820 | i = 0; |
| 5821 | } |
| 5822 | |
| 5823 | /* Skip lazy PLT when the second PLT is used. */ |
| 5824 | if ((plt_type & (plt_lazy | plt_second)) |
| 5825 | == (plt_lazy | plt_second)) |
| 5826 | plts[j].count = 0; |
| 5827 | else |
| 5828 | { |
| 5829 | n = plt->size / plts[j].plt_entry_size; |
| 5830 | plts[j].count = n; |
| 5831 | count += n - i; |
| 5832 | } |
| 5833 | |
| 5834 | plts[j].contents = plt_contents; |
| 5835 | |
| 5836 | /* The _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ address is needed. */ |
| 5837 | if ((plt_type & plt_pic)) |
| 5838 | got_addr = (bfd_vma) -1; |
| 5839 | } |
| 5840 | |
| 5841 | if (count == 0) |
| 5842 | return -1; |
| 5843 | |
| 5844 | dynrelbuf = (arelent **) bfd_malloc (relsize); |
| 5845 | if (dynrelbuf == NULL) |
| 5846 | return -1; |
| 5847 | |
| 5848 | dynrelcount = bfd_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc (abfd, dynrelbuf, |
| 5849 | dynsyms); |
| 5850 | |
| 5851 | /* Sort the relocs by address. */ |
| 5852 | qsort (dynrelbuf, dynrelcount, sizeof (arelent *), |
| 5853 | _bfd_x86_elf_compare_relocs); |
| 5854 | |
| 5855 | size = count * sizeof (asymbol); |
| 5856 | |
| 5857 | /* Allocate space for @plt suffixes. */ |
| 5858 | n = 0; |
| 5859 | for (i = 0; i < dynrelcount; i++) |
| 5860 | { |
| 5861 | p = dynrelbuf[i]; |
| 5862 | size += strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name) + sizeof ("@plt"); |
| 5863 | if (p->addend != 0) |
| 5864 | size += sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8; |
| 5865 | } |
| 5866 | |
| 5867 | s = *ret = (asymbol *) bfd_zmalloc (size); |
| 5868 | if (s == NULL) |
| 5869 | goto bad_return; |
| 5870 | |
| 5871 | if (got_addr) |
| 5872 | { |
| 5873 | /* Check .got.plt and then .got to get the _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ |
| 5874 | address. */ |
| 5875 | asection *sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".got.plt"); |
| 5876 | if (sec != NULL) |
| 5877 | got_addr = sec->vma; |
| 5878 | else |
| 5879 | { |
| 5880 | sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".got"); |
| 5881 | if (sec != NULL) |
| 5882 | got_addr = sec->vma; |
| 5883 | } |
| 5884 | |
| 5885 | if (got_addr == (bfd_vma) -1) |
| 5886 | goto bad_return; |
| 5887 | } |
| 5888 | |
| 5889 | /* Check for each PLT section. */ |
| 5890 | names = (char *) (s + count); |
| 5891 | size = 0; |
| 5892 | n = 0; |
| 5893 | for (j = 0; plts[j].name != NULL; j++) |
| 5894 | if ((plt_contents = plts[j].contents) != NULL) |
| 5895 | { |
| 5896 | long k; |
| 5897 | bfd_vma offset; |
| 5898 | |
| 5899 | plt_got_offset = plts[j].plt_got_offset; |
| 5900 | plt_entry_size = plts[j].plt_entry_size; |
| 5901 | |
| 5902 | plt = plts[j].sec; |
| 5903 | |
| 5904 | if ((plts[j].type & plt_lazy)) |
| 5905 | { |
| 5906 | /* Skip PLT0 in lazy PLT. */ |
| 5907 | k = 1; |
| 5908 | offset = plt_entry_size; |
| 5909 | } |
| 5910 | else |
| 5911 | { |
| 5912 | k = 0; |
| 5913 | offset = 0; |
| 5914 | } |
| 5915 | |
| 5916 | /* Check each PLT entry against dynamic relocations. */ |
| 5917 | for (; k < plts[j].count; k++) |
| 5918 | { |
| 5919 | int off; |
| 5920 | bfd_vma got_vma; |
| 5921 | long min, max, mid; |
| 5922 | |
| 5923 | /* Get the GOT offset, a signed 32-bit integer. */ |
| 5924 | off = H_GET_32 (abfd, (plt_contents + offset |
| 5925 | + plt_got_offset)); |
| 5926 | got_vma = got_addr + off; |
| 5927 | |
| 5928 | /* Binary search. */ |
| 5929 | p = dynrelbuf[0]; |
| 5930 | min = 0; |
| 5931 | max = dynrelcount; |
| 5932 | while ((min + 1) < max) |
| 5933 | { |
| 5934 | arelent *r; |
| 5935 | |
| 5936 | mid = (min + max) / 2; |
| 5937 | r = dynrelbuf[mid]; |
| 5938 | if (got_vma > r->address) |
| 5939 | min = mid; |
| 5940 | else if (got_vma < r->address) |
| 5941 | max = mid; |
| 5942 | else |
| 5943 | { |
| 5944 | p = r; |
| 5945 | break; |
| 5946 | } |
| 5947 | } |
| 5948 | |
| 5949 | /* Skip unknown relocation. PR 17512: file: bc9d6cf5. */ |
| 5950 | if (got_vma == p->address |
| 5951 | && p->howto != NULL |
| 5952 | && (p->howto->type == R_386_JUMP_SLOT |
| 5953 | || p->howto->type == R_386_GLOB_DAT |
| 5954 | || p->howto->type == R_386_IRELATIVE)) |
| 5955 | { |
| 5956 | *s = **p->sym_ptr_ptr; |
| 5957 | /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL |
| 5958 | set. Since we are defining a symbol, ensure one |
| 5959 | of them is set. */ |
| 5960 | if ((s->flags & BSF_LOCAL) == 0) |
| 5961 | s->flags |= BSF_GLOBAL; |
| 5962 | s->flags |= BSF_SYNTHETIC; |
| 5963 | /* This is no longer a section symbol. */ |
| 5964 | s->flags &= ~BSF_SECTION_SYM; |
| 5965 | s->section = plt; |
| 5966 | s->the_bfd = plt->owner; |
| 5967 | s->value = offset; |
| 5968 | s->udata.p = NULL; |
| 5969 | s->name = names; |
| 5970 | len = strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name); |
| 5971 | memcpy (names, (*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name, len); |
| 5972 | names += len; |
| 5973 | if (p->addend != 0) |
| 5974 | { |
| 5975 | char buf[30], *a; |
| 5976 | |
| 5977 | memcpy (names, "+0x", sizeof ("+0x") - 1); |
| 5978 | names += sizeof ("+0x") - 1; |
| 5979 | bfd_sprintf_vma (abfd, buf, p->addend); |
| 5980 | for (a = buf; *a == '0'; ++a) |
| 5981 | ; |
| 5982 | size = strlen (a); |
| 5983 | memcpy (names, a, size); |
| 5984 | names += size; |
| 5985 | } |
| 5986 | memcpy (names, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt")); |
| 5987 | names += sizeof ("@plt"); |
| 5988 | n++; |
| 5989 | s++; |
| 5990 | } |
| 5991 | offset += plt_entry_size; |
| 5992 | } |
| 5993 | } |
| 5994 | |
| 5995 | /* PLT entries with R_386_TLS_DESC relocations are skipped. */ |
| 5996 | if (n == 0) |
| 5997 | { |
| 5998 | bad_return: |
| 5999 | count = -1; |
| 6000 | } |
| 6001 | else |
| 6002 | count = n; |
| 6003 | |
| 6004 | for (j = 0; plts[j].name != NULL; j++) |
| 6005 | if (plts[j].contents != NULL) |
| 6006 | free (plts[j].contents); |
| 6007 | |
| 6008 | free (dynrelbuf); |
| 6009 | |
| 6010 | return count; |
| 6011 | } |
| 6012 | |
| 6013 | /* Set up i386 GNU properties. Return the first relocatable ELF input |
| 6014 | with GNU properties if found. Otherwise, return NULL. */ |
| 6015 | |
| 6016 | static bfd * |
| 6017 | elf_i386_link_setup_gnu_properties (struct bfd_link_info *info) |
| 6018 | { |
| 6019 | bfd_boolean normal_target; |
| 6020 | bfd_boolean lazy_plt; |
| 6021 | asection *sec, *pltsec; |
| 6022 | bfd *dynobj; |
| 6023 | bfd_boolean use_ibt_plt; |
| 6024 | unsigned int plt_alignment, features; |
| 6025 | struct elf_x86_link_hash_table *htab; |
| 6026 | bfd *pbfd; |
| 6027 | bfd *ebfd = NULL; |
| 6028 | elf_property *prop; |
| 6029 | |
| 6030 | features = 0; |
| 6031 | if (info->ibt) |
| 6032 | features = GNU_PROPERTY_X86_FEATURE_1_IBT; |
| 6033 | if (info->shstk) |
| 6034 | features |= GNU_PROPERTY_X86_FEATURE_1_SHSTK; |
| 6035 | |
| 6036 | /* Find a normal input file with GNU property note. */ |
| 6037 | for (pbfd = info->input_bfds; |
| 6038 | pbfd != NULL; |
| 6039 | pbfd = pbfd->link.next) |
| 6040 | if (bfd_get_flavour (pbfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour |
| 6041 | && bfd_count_sections (pbfd) != 0) |
| 6042 | { |
| 6043 | ebfd = pbfd; |
| 6044 | |
| 6045 | if (elf_properties (pbfd) != NULL) |
| 6046 | break; |
| 6047 | } |
| 6048 | |
| 6049 | if (ebfd != NULL && features) |
| 6050 | { |
| 6051 | /* If features is set, add GNU_PROPERTY_X86_FEATURE_1_IBT and |
| 6052 | GNU_PROPERTY_X86_FEATURE_1_SHSTK. */ |
| 6053 | prop = _bfd_elf_get_property (ebfd, |
| 6054 | GNU_PROPERTY_X86_FEATURE_1_AND, |
| 6055 | 4); |
| 6056 | prop->u.number |= features; |
| 6057 | prop->pr_kind = property_number; |
| 6058 | |
| 6059 | /* Create the GNU property note section if needed. */ |
| 6060 | if (pbfd == NULL) |
| 6061 | { |
| 6062 | sec = bfd_make_section_with_flags (ebfd, |
| 6063 | NOTE_GNU_PROPERTY_SECTION_NAME, |
| 6064 | (SEC_ALLOC |
| 6065 | | SEC_LOAD |
| 6066 | | SEC_IN_MEMORY |
| 6067 | | SEC_READONLY |
| 6068 | | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS |
| 6069 | | SEC_DATA)); |
| 6070 | if (sec == NULL) |
| 6071 | info->callbacks->einfo (_("%F: failed to create GNU property section\n")); |
| 6072 | |
| 6073 | if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (ebfd, sec, 2)) |
| 6074 | { |
| 6075 | error_alignment: |
| 6076 | info->callbacks->einfo (_("%F%A: failed to align section\n"), |
| 6077 | sec); |
| 6078 | } |
| 6079 | |
| 6080 | elf_section_type (sec) = SHT_NOTE; |
| 6081 | } |
| 6082 | } |
| 6083 | |
| 6084 | pbfd = _bfd_elf_link_setup_gnu_properties (info); |
| 6085 | |
| 6086 | if (bfd_link_relocatable (info)) |
| 6087 | return pbfd; |
| 6088 | |
| 6089 | htab = elf_x86_hash_table (info, I386_ELF_DATA); |
| 6090 | if (htab == NULL) |
| 6091 | return pbfd; |
| 6092 | |
| 6093 | use_ibt_plt = info->ibtplt || info->ibt; |
| 6094 | if (!use_ibt_plt && pbfd != NULL) |
| 6095 | { |
| 6096 | /* Check if GNU_PROPERTY_X86_FEATURE_1_IBT is on. */ |
| 6097 | elf_property_list *p; |
| 6098 | |
| 6099 | /* The property list is sorted in order of type. */ |
| 6100 | for (p = elf_properties (pbfd); p; p = p->next) |
| 6101 | { |
| 6102 | if (GNU_PROPERTY_X86_FEATURE_1_AND == p->property.pr_type) |
| 6103 | { |
| 6104 | use_ibt_plt = !!(p->property.u.number |
| 6105 | & GNU_PROPERTY_X86_FEATURE_1_IBT); |
| 6106 | break; |
| 6107 | } |
| 6108 | else if (GNU_PROPERTY_X86_FEATURE_1_AND < p->property.pr_type) |
| 6109 | break; |
| 6110 | } |
| 6111 | } |
| 6112 | |
| 6113 | dynobj = htab->elf.dynobj; |
| 6114 | |
| 6115 | /* Set htab->elf.dynobj here so that there is no need to check and |
| 6116 | set it in check_relocs. */ |
| 6117 | if (dynobj == NULL) |
| 6118 | { |
| 6119 | if (pbfd != NULL) |
| 6120 | { |
| 6121 | htab->elf.dynobj = pbfd; |
| 6122 | dynobj = pbfd; |
| 6123 | } |
| 6124 | else |
| 6125 | { |
| 6126 | bfd *abfd; |
| 6127 | |
| 6128 | /* Find a normal input file to hold linker created |
| 6129 | sections. */ |
| 6130 | for (abfd = info->input_bfds; |
| 6131 | abfd != NULL; |
| 6132 | abfd = abfd->link.next) |
| 6133 | if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour |
| 6134 | && (abfd->flags |
| 6135 | & (DYNAMIC | BFD_LINKER_CREATED | BFD_PLUGIN)) == 0) |
| 6136 | { |
| 6137 | htab->elf.dynobj = abfd; |
| 6138 | dynobj = abfd; |
| 6139 | break; |
| 6140 | } |
| 6141 | } |
| 6142 | } |
| 6143 | |
| 6144 | /* Even when lazy binding is disabled by "-z now", the PLT0 entry may |
| 6145 | still be used with LD_AUDIT or LD_PROFILE if PLT entry is used for |
| 6146 | canonical function address. */ |
| 6147 | htab->plt.has_plt0 = 1; |
| 6148 | normal_target = FALSE; |
| 6149 | |
| 6150 | switch (get_elf_i386_backend_data (info->output_bfd)->os) |
| 6151 | { |
| 6152 | case is_normal: |
| 6153 | if (use_ibt_plt) |
| 6154 | { |
| 6155 | htab->lazy_plt = &elf_i386_lazy_ibt_plt; |
| 6156 | htab->non_lazy_plt = &elf_i386_non_lazy_ibt_plt; |
| 6157 | } |
| 6158 | else |
| 6159 | { |
| 6160 | htab->lazy_plt = &elf_i386_lazy_plt; |
| 6161 | htab->non_lazy_plt = &elf_i386_non_lazy_plt; |
| 6162 | } |
| 6163 | normal_target = TRUE; |
| 6164 | break; |
| 6165 | case is_vxworks: |
| 6166 | htab->lazy_plt = &elf_i386_lazy_plt; |
| 6167 | htab->non_lazy_plt = NULL; |
| 6168 | if (!elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (dynobj, info, |
| 6169 | &htab->srelplt2)) |
| 6170 | info->callbacks->einfo (_("%F: failed to create VxWorks dynamic sections\n")); |
| 6171 | break; |
| 6172 | case is_nacl: |
| 6173 | htab->lazy_plt = &elf_i386_nacl_plt; |
| 6174 | htab->non_lazy_plt = NULL; |
| 6175 | break; |
| 6176 | } |
| 6177 | |
| 6178 | pltsec = htab->elf.splt; |
| 6179 | |
| 6180 | /* If the non-lazy PLT is available, use it for all PLT entries if |
| 6181 | there are no PLT0 or no .plt section. */ |
| 6182 | if (htab->non_lazy_plt != NULL |
| 6183 | && (!htab->plt.has_plt0 || pltsec == NULL)) |
| 6184 | { |
| 6185 | lazy_plt = FALSE; |
| 6186 | if (bfd_link_pic (info)) |
| 6187 | htab->plt.plt_entry = htab->non_lazy_plt->pic_plt_entry; |
| 6188 | else |
| 6189 | htab->plt.plt_entry = htab->non_lazy_plt->plt_entry; |
| 6190 | htab->plt.plt_entry_size = htab->non_lazy_plt->plt_entry_size; |
| 6191 | htab->plt.plt_got_offset = htab->non_lazy_plt->plt_got_offset; |
| 6192 | htab->plt.eh_frame_plt_size |
| 6193 | = htab->non_lazy_plt->eh_frame_plt_size; |
| 6194 | htab->plt.eh_frame_plt = htab->non_lazy_plt->eh_frame_plt; |
| 6195 | } |
| 6196 | else |
| 6197 | { |
| 6198 | lazy_plt = TRUE; |
| 6199 | if (bfd_link_pic (info)) |
| 6200 | { |
| 6201 | htab->plt.plt0_entry = htab->lazy_plt->pic_plt0_entry; |
| 6202 | htab->plt.plt_entry = htab->lazy_plt->pic_plt_entry; |
| 6203 | } |
| 6204 | else |
| 6205 | { |
| 6206 | htab->plt.plt0_entry = htab->lazy_plt->plt0_entry; |
| 6207 | htab->plt.plt_entry = htab->lazy_plt->plt_entry; |
| 6208 | } |
| 6209 | |
| 6210 | htab->plt.plt_entry_size = htab->lazy_plt->plt_entry_size; |
| 6211 | htab->plt.plt_got_offset = htab->lazy_plt->plt_got_offset; |
| 6212 | htab->plt.eh_frame_plt_size = htab->lazy_plt->eh_frame_plt_size; |
| 6213 | htab->plt.eh_frame_plt = htab->lazy_plt->eh_frame_plt; |
| 6214 | } |
| 6215 | |
| 6216 | /* This is unused for i386. */ |
| 6217 | htab->plt.plt_got_insn_size = 0; |
| 6218 | |
| 6219 | /* Return if there are no normal input files. */ |
| 6220 | if (dynobj == NULL) |
| 6221 | return pbfd; |
| 6222 | |
| 6223 | /* Since create_dynamic_sections isn't always called, but GOT |
| 6224 | relocations need GOT sections, create them here so that we |
| 6225 | don't need to do it in check_relocs. */ |
| 6226 | if (htab->elf.sgot == NULL |
| 6227 | && !_bfd_elf_create_got_section (dynobj, info)) |
| 6228 | info->callbacks->einfo (_("%F: failed to create GOT sections\n")); |
| 6229 | |
| 6230 | /* Create the ifunc sections here so that check_relocs can be |
| 6231 | simplified. */ |
| 6232 | if (!_bfd_elf_create_ifunc_sections (dynobj, info)) |
| 6233 | info->callbacks->einfo (_("%F: failed to create ifunc sections\n")); |
| 6234 | |
| 6235 | plt_alignment = bfd_log2 (htab->plt.plt_entry_size); |
| 6236 | |
| 6237 | if (pltsec != NULL) |
| 6238 | { |
| 6239 | /* Whe creating executable, set the contents of the .interp |
| 6240 | section to the interpreter. */ |
| 6241 | if (bfd_link_executable (info) && !info->nointerp) |
| 6242 | { |
| 6243 | asection *s = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".interp"); |
| 6244 | if (s == NULL) |
| 6245 | abort (); |
| 6246 | s->size = htab->dynamic_interpreter_size; |
| 6247 | s->contents = (unsigned char *) htab->dynamic_interpreter; |
| 6248 | htab->interp = s; |
| 6249 | } |
| 6250 | |
| 6251 | /* Don't change PLT section alignment for NaCl since it uses |
| 6252 | 64-byte PLT entry and sets PLT section alignment to 32 |
| 6253 | bytes. */ |
| 6254 | if (normal_target) |
| 6255 | { |
| 6256 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed |
| 6257 | = get_elf_backend_data (dynobj); |
| 6258 | flagword pltflags = (bed->dynamic_sec_flags |
| 6259 | | SEC_ALLOC |
| 6260 | | SEC_CODE |
| 6261 | | SEC_LOAD |
| 6262 | | SEC_READONLY); |
| 6263 | unsigned int non_lazy_plt_alignment |
| 6264 | = bfd_log2 (htab->non_lazy_plt->plt_entry_size); |
| 6265 | |
| 6266 | sec = pltsec; |
| 6267 | if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (sec->owner, sec, |
| 6268 | plt_alignment)) |
| 6269 | goto error_alignment; |
| 6270 | |
| 6271 | /* Create the GOT procedure linkage table. */ |
| 6272 | sec = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj, |
| 6273 | ".plt.got", |
| 6274 | pltflags); |
| 6275 | if (sec == NULL) |
| 6276 | info->callbacks->einfo (_("%F: failed to create GOT PLT section\n")); |
| 6277 | |
| 6278 | if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, sec, |
| 6279 | non_lazy_plt_alignment)) |
| 6280 | goto error_alignment; |
| 6281 | |
| 6282 | htab->plt_got = sec; |
| 6283 | |
| 6284 | if (lazy_plt) |
| 6285 | { |
| 6286 | sec = NULL; |
| 6287 | |
| 6288 | if (use_ibt_plt) |
| 6289 | { |
| 6290 | /* Create the second PLT for Intel IBT support. IBT |
| 6291 | PLT is supported only for non-NaCl target and is |
| 6292 | is needed only for lazy binding. */ |
| 6293 | sec = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj, |
| 6294 | ".plt.sec", |
| 6295 | pltflags); |
| 6296 | if (sec == NULL) |
| 6297 | info->callbacks->einfo (_("%F: failed to create IBT-enabled PLT section\n")); |
| 6298 | |
| 6299 | if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, sec, |
| 6300 | plt_alignment)) |
| 6301 | goto error_alignment; |
| 6302 | } |
| 6303 | |
| 6304 | htab->plt_second = sec; |
| 6305 | } |
| 6306 | } |
| 6307 | |
| 6308 | if (!info->no_ld_generated_unwind_info) |
| 6309 | { |
| 6310 | flagword flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY |
| 6311 | | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY |
| 6312 | | SEC_LINKER_CREATED); |
| 6313 | |
| 6314 | sec = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj, |
| 6315 | ".eh_frame", |
| 6316 | flags); |
| 6317 | if (sec == NULL) |
| 6318 | info->callbacks->einfo (_("%F: failed to create PLT .eh_frame section\n")); |
| 6319 | |
| 6320 | if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, sec, 2)) |
| 6321 | goto error_alignment; |
| 6322 | |
| 6323 | htab->plt_eh_frame = sec; |
| 6324 | |
| 6325 | if (htab->plt_got != NULL) |
| 6326 | { |
| 6327 | sec = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj, |
| 6328 | ".eh_frame", |
| 6329 | flags); |
| 6330 | if (sec == NULL) |
| 6331 | info->callbacks->einfo (_("%F: failed to create GOT PLT .eh_frame section\n")); |
| 6332 | |
| 6333 | if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, sec, 2)) |
| 6334 | goto error_alignment; |
| 6335 | |
| 6336 | htab->plt_got_eh_frame = sec; |
| 6337 | } |
| 6338 | } |
| 6339 | } |
| 6340 | |
| 6341 | if (normal_target) |
| 6342 | { |
| 6343 | /* The .iplt section is used for IFUNC symbols in static |
| 6344 | executables. */ |
| 6345 | sec = htab->elf.iplt; |
| 6346 | if (sec != NULL |
| 6347 | && !bfd_set_section_alignment (sec->owner, sec, |
| 6348 | plt_alignment)) |
| 6349 | goto error_alignment; |
| 6350 | } |
| 6351 | |
| 6352 | return pbfd; |
| 6353 | } |
| 6354 | |
| 6355 | #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM i386_elf32_vec |
| 6356 | #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-i386" |
| 6357 | #define ELF_ARCH bfd_arch_i386 |
| 6358 | #define ELF_TARGET_ID I386_ELF_DATA |
| 6359 | #define ELF_MACHINE_CODE EM_386 |
| 6360 | #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x1000 |
| 6361 | |
| 6362 | #define elf_backend_can_gc_sections 1 |
| 6363 | #define elf_backend_can_refcount 1 |
| 6364 | #define elf_backend_want_got_plt 1 |
| 6365 | #define elf_backend_plt_readonly 1 |
| 6366 | #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 0 |
| 6367 | #define elf_backend_got_header_size 12 |
| 6368 | #define elf_backend_plt_alignment 4 |
| 6369 | #define elf_backend_dtrel_excludes_plt 1 |
| 6370 | #define elf_backend_extern_protected_data 1 |
| 6371 | #define elf_backend_caches_rawsize 1 |
| 6372 | #define elf_backend_want_dynrelro 1 |
| 6373 | |
| 6374 | /* Support RELA for objdump of prelink objects. */ |
| 6375 | #define elf_info_to_howto elf_i386_info_to_howto_rel |
| 6376 | #define elf_info_to_howto_rel elf_i386_info_to_howto_rel |
| 6377 | |
| 6378 | #define bfd_elf32_mkobject elf_i386_mkobject |
| 6379 | |
| 6380 | #define bfd_elf32_bfd_is_local_label_name elf_i386_is_local_label_name |
| 6381 | #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_type_lookup elf_i386_reloc_type_lookup |
| 6382 | #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_name_lookup elf_i386_reloc_name_lookup |
| 6383 | #define bfd_elf32_get_synthetic_symtab elf_i386_get_synthetic_symtab |
| 6384 | |
| 6385 | #define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol elf_i386_adjust_dynamic_symbol |
| 6386 | #define elf_backend_relocs_compatible _bfd_elf_relocs_compatible |
| 6387 | #define elf_backend_check_relocs elf_i386_check_relocs |
| 6388 | #define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections |
| 6389 | #define elf_backend_fake_sections elf_i386_fake_sections |
| 6390 | #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections elf_i386_finish_dynamic_sections |
| 6391 | #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol elf_i386_finish_dynamic_symbol |
| 6392 | #define elf_backend_output_arch_local_syms elf_i386_output_arch_local_syms |
| 6393 | #define elf_backend_gc_mark_hook elf_i386_gc_mark_hook |
| 6394 | #define elf_backend_grok_prstatus elf_i386_grok_prstatus |
| 6395 | #define elf_backend_grok_psinfo elf_i386_grok_psinfo |
| 6396 | #define elf_backend_reloc_type_class elf_i386_reloc_type_class |
| 6397 | #define elf_backend_relocate_section elf_i386_relocate_section |
| 6398 | #define elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections elf_i386_size_dynamic_sections |
| 6399 | #define elf_backend_setup_gnu_properties elf_i386_link_setup_gnu_properties |
| 6400 | |
| 6401 | #include "elf32-target.h" |
| 6402 | |
| 6403 | /* FreeBSD support. */ |
| 6404 | |
| 6405 | #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM |
| 6406 | #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM i386_elf32_fbsd_vec |
| 6407 | #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME |
| 6408 | #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-i386-freebsd" |
| 6409 | #undef ELF_OSABI |
| 6410 | #define ELF_OSABI ELFOSABI_FREEBSD |
| 6411 | |
| 6412 | /* The kernel recognizes executables as valid only if they carry a |
| 6413 | "FreeBSD" label in the ELF header. So we put this label on all |
| 6414 | executables and (for simplicity) also all other object files. */ |
| 6415 | |
| 6416 | static void |
| 6417 | elf_i386_fbsd_post_process_headers (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) |
| 6418 | { |
| 6419 | _bfd_elf_post_process_headers (abfd, info); |
| 6420 | |
| 6421 | #ifdef OLD_FREEBSD_ABI_LABEL |
| 6422 | { |
| 6423 | /* The ABI label supported by FreeBSD <= 4.0 is quite nonstandard. */ |
| 6424 | Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd); |
| 6425 | memcpy (&i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_ABIVERSION], "FreeBSD", 8); |
| 6426 | } |
| 6427 | #endif |
| 6428 | } |
| 6429 | |
| 6430 | #undef elf_backend_post_process_headers |
| 6431 | #define elf_backend_post_process_headers elf_i386_fbsd_post_process_headers |
| 6432 | #undef elf32_bed |
| 6433 | #define elf32_bed elf32_i386_fbsd_bed |
| 6434 | |
| 6435 | #undef elf_backend_add_symbol_hook |
| 6436 | |
| 6437 | #include "elf32-target.h" |
| 6438 | |
| 6439 | /* Solaris 2. */ |
| 6440 | |
| 6441 | #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM |
| 6442 | #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM i386_elf32_sol2_vec |
| 6443 | #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME |
| 6444 | #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-i386-sol2" |
| 6445 | |
| 6446 | #undef elf_backend_post_process_headers |
| 6447 | |
| 6448 | /* Restore default: we cannot use ELFOSABI_SOLARIS, otherwise ELFOSABI_NONE |
| 6449 | objects won't be recognized. */ |
| 6450 | #undef ELF_OSABI |
| 6451 | |
| 6452 | #undef elf32_bed |
| 6453 | #define elf32_bed elf32_i386_sol2_bed |
| 6454 | |
| 6455 | /* The 32-bit static TLS arena size is rounded to the nearest 8-byte |
| 6456 | boundary. */ |
| 6457 | #undef elf_backend_static_tls_alignment |
| 6458 | #define elf_backend_static_tls_alignment 8 |
| 6459 | |
| 6460 | /* The Solaris 2 ABI requires a plt symbol on all platforms. |
| 6461 | |
| 6462 | Cf. Linker and Libraries Guide, Ch. 2, Link-Editor, Generating the Output |
| 6463 | File, p.63. */ |
| 6464 | #undef elf_backend_want_plt_sym |
| 6465 | #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 1 |
| 6466 | |
| 6467 | #undef elf_backend_strtab_flags |
| 6468 | #define elf_backend_strtab_flags SHF_STRINGS |
| 6469 | |
| 6470 | /* Called to set the sh_flags, sh_link and sh_info fields of OSECTION which |
| 6471 | has a type >= SHT_LOOS. Returns TRUE if these fields were initialised |
| 6472 | FALSE otherwise. ISECTION is the best guess matching section from the |
| 6473 | input bfd IBFD, but it might be NULL. */ |
| 6474 | |
| 6475 | static bfd_boolean |
| 6476 | elf32_i386_copy_solaris_special_section_fields (const bfd *ibfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| 6477 | bfd *obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| 6478 | const Elf_Internal_Shdr *isection ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| 6479 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *osection ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
| 6480 | { |
| 6481 | /* PR 19938: FIXME: Need to add code for setting the sh_info |
| 6482 | and sh_link fields of Solaris specific section types. */ |
| 6483 | return FALSE; |
| 6484 | |
| 6485 | /* Based upon Oracle Solaris 11.3 Linkers and Libraries Guide, Ch. 13, |
| 6486 | Object File Format, Table 13-9 ELF sh_link and sh_info Interpretation: |
| 6487 | |
| 6488 | http://docs.oracle.com/cd/E53394_01/html/E54813/chapter6-94076.html#scrolltoc |
| 6489 | |
| 6490 | The following values should be set: |
| 6491 | |
| 6492 | Type Link Info |
| 6493 | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 6494 | SHT_SUNW_ancillary The section header index of 0 |
| 6495 | [0x6fffffee] the associated string table. |
| 6496 | |
| 6497 | SHT_SUNW_capinfo The section header index of For a dynamic object, the |
| 6498 | [0x6ffffff0] the associated symbol table. section header index of |
| 6499 | the associated |
| 6500 | SHT_SUNW_capchain table, |
| 6501 | otherwise 0. |
| 6502 | |
| 6503 | SHT_SUNW_symsort The section header index of 0 |
| 6504 | [0x6ffffff1] the associated symbol table. |
| 6505 | |
| 6506 | SHT_SUNW_tlssort The section header index of 0 |
| 6507 | [0x6ffffff2] the associated symbol table. |
| 6508 | |
| 6509 | SHT_SUNW_LDYNSYM The section header index of One greater than the |
| 6510 | [0x6ffffff3] the associated string table. symbol table index of the |
| 6511 | This index is the same string last local symbol, |
| 6512 | table used by the SHT_DYNSYM STB_LOCAL. Since |
| 6513 | section. SHT_SUNW_LDYNSYM only |
| 6514 | contains local symbols, |
| 6515 | sh_info is equivalent to |
| 6516 | the number of symbols in |
| 6517 | the table. |
| 6518 | |
| 6519 | SHT_SUNW_cap If symbol capabilities exist, If any capabilities refer |
| 6520 | [0x6ffffff5] the section header index of to named strings, the |
| 6521 | the associated section header index of |
| 6522 | SHT_SUNW_capinfo table, the associated string |
| 6523 | otherwise 0. table, otherwise 0. |
| 6524 | |
| 6525 | SHT_SUNW_move The section header index of 0 |
| 6526 | [0x6ffffffa] the associated symbol table. |
| 6527 | |
| 6528 | SHT_SUNW_COMDAT 0 0 |
| 6529 | [0x6ffffffb] |
| 6530 | |
| 6531 | SHT_SUNW_syminfo The section header index of The section header index |
| 6532 | [0x6ffffffc] the associated symbol table. of the associated |
| 6533 | .dynamic section. |
| 6534 | |
| 6535 | SHT_SUNW_verdef The section header index of The number of version |
| 6536 | [0x6ffffffd] the associated string table. definitions within the |
| 6537 | section. |
| 6538 | |
| 6539 | SHT_SUNW_verneed The section header index of The number of version |
| 6540 | [0x6ffffffe] the associated string table. dependencies within the |
| 6541 | section. |
| 6542 | |
| 6543 | SHT_SUNW_versym The section header index of 0 |
| 6544 | [0x6fffffff] the associated symbol table. */ |
| 6545 | } |
| 6546 | |
| 6547 | #undef elf_backend_copy_special_section_fields |
| 6548 | #define elf_backend_copy_special_section_fields elf32_i386_copy_solaris_special_section_fields |
| 6549 | |
| 6550 | #include "elf32-target.h" |
| 6551 | |
| 6552 | /* Intel MCU support. */ |
| 6553 | |
| 6554 | static bfd_boolean |
| 6555 | elf32_iamcu_elf_object_p (bfd *abfd) |
| 6556 | { |
| 6557 | /* Set the right machine number for an IAMCU elf32 file. */ |
| 6558 | bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, bfd_arch_iamcu, bfd_mach_i386_iamcu); |
| 6559 | return TRUE; |
| 6560 | } |
| 6561 | |
| 6562 | #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM |
| 6563 | #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM iamcu_elf32_vec |
| 6564 | #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME |
| 6565 | #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-iamcu" |
| 6566 | #undef ELF_ARCH |
| 6567 | #define ELF_ARCH bfd_arch_iamcu |
| 6568 | |
| 6569 | #undef ELF_MACHINE_CODE |
| 6570 | #define ELF_MACHINE_CODE EM_IAMCU |
| 6571 | |
| 6572 | #undef ELF_OSABI |
| 6573 | |
| 6574 | #undef elf32_bed |
| 6575 | #define elf32_bed elf32_iamcu_bed |
| 6576 | |
| 6577 | #undef elf_backend_object_p |
| 6578 | #define elf_backend_object_p elf32_iamcu_elf_object_p |
| 6579 | |
| 6580 | #undef elf_backend_static_tls_alignment |
| 6581 | |
| 6582 | #undef elf_backend_want_plt_sym |
| 6583 | #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 0 |
| 6584 | |
| 6585 | #undef elf_backend_strtab_flags |
| 6586 | #undef elf_backend_copy_special_section_fields |
| 6587 | |
| 6588 | #include "elf32-target.h" |
| 6589 | |
| 6590 | /* Restore defaults. */ |
| 6591 | #undef ELF_ARCH |
| 6592 | #define ELF_ARCH bfd_arch_i386 |
| 6593 | #undef ELF_MACHINE_CODE |
| 6594 | #define ELF_MACHINE_CODE EM_386 |
| 6595 | |
| 6596 | /* Native Client support. */ |
| 6597 | |
| 6598 | #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM |
| 6599 | #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM i386_elf32_nacl_vec |
| 6600 | #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME |
| 6601 | #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-i386-nacl" |
| 6602 | #undef elf32_bed |
| 6603 | #define elf32_bed elf32_i386_nacl_bed |
| 6604 | |
| 6605 | #undef ELF_MAXPAGESIZE |
| 6606 | #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x10000 |
| 6607 | |
| 6608 | /* Restore defaults. */ |
| 6609 | #undef ELF_OSABI |
| 6610 | #undef elf_backend_want_plt_sym |
| 6611 | #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 0 |
| 6612 | #undef elf_backend_post_process_headers |
| 6613 | #undef elf_backend_static_tls_alignment |
| 6614 | |
| 6615 | /* NaCl uses substantially different PLT entries for the same effects. */ |
| 6616 | |
| 6617 | #undef elf_backend_plt_alignment |
| 6618 | #define elf_backend_plt_alignment 5 |
| 6619 | #define NACL_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 64 |
| 6620 | #define NACLMASK 0xe0 /* 32-byte alignment mask. */ |
| 6621 | |
| 6622 | static const bfd_byte elf_i386_nacl_plt0_entry[] = |
| 6623 | { |
| 6624 | 0xff, 0x35, /* pushl contents of address */ |
| 6625 | 0, 0, 0, 0, /* replaced with address of .got + 4. */ |
| 6626 | 0x8b, 0x0d, /* movl contents of address, %ecx */ |
| 6627 | 0, 0, 0, 0, /* replaced with address of .got + 8. */ |
| 6628 | 0x83, 0xe1, NACLMASK, /* andl $NACLMASK, %ecx */ |
| 6629 | 0xff, 0xe1 /* jmp *%ecx */ |
| 6630 | }; |
| 6631 | |
| 6632 | static const bfd_byte elf_i386_nacl_plt_entry[NACL_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] = |
| 6633 | { |
| 6634 | 0x8b, 0x0d, /* movl contents of address, %ecx */ |
| 6635 | 0, 0, 0, 0, /* replaced with GOT slot address. */ |
| 6636 | 0x83, 0xe1, NACLMASK, /* andl $NACLMASK, %ecx */ |
| 6637 | 0xff, 0xe1, /* jmp *%ecx */ |
| 6638 | |
| 6639 | /* Pad to the next 32-byte boundary with nop instructions. */ |
| 6640 | 0x90, |
| 6641 | 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, |
| 6642 | 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, |
| 6643 | |
| 6644 | /* Lazy GOT entries point here (32-byte aligned). */ |
| 6645 | 0x68, /* pushl immediate */ |
| 6646 | 0, 0, 0, 0, /* replaced with reloc offset. */ |
| 6647 | 0xe9, /* jmp relative */ |
| 6648 | 0, 0, 0, 0, /* replaced with offset to .plt. */ |
| 6649 | |
| 6650 | /* Pad to the next 32-byte boundary with nop instructions. */ |
| 6651 | 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, |
| 6652 | 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, |
| 6653 | 0x90, 0x90 |
| 6654 | }; |
| 6655 | |
| 6656 | static const bfd_byte |
| 6657 | elf_i386_nacl_pic_plt0_entry[sizeof (elf_i386_nacl_plt0_entry)] = |
| 6658 | { |
| 6659 | 0xff, 0x73, 0x04, /* pushl 4(%ebx) */ |
| 6660 | 0x8b, 0x4b, 0x08, /* mov 0x8(%ebx), %ecx */ |
| 6661 | 0x83, 0xe1, 0xe0, /* and $NACLMASK, %ecx */ |
| 6662 | 0xff, 0xe1, /* jmp *%ecx */ |
| 6663 | |
| 6664 | /* This is expected to be the same size as elf_i386_nacl_plt0_entry, |
| 6665 | so pad to that size with nop instructions. */ |
| 6666 | 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90 |
| 6667 | }; |
| 6668 | |
| 6669 | static const bfd_byte elf_i386_nacl_pic_plt_entry[NACL_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] = |
| 6670 | { |
| 6671 | 0x8b, 0x8b, /* movl offset(%ebx), %ecx */ |
| 6672 | 0, 0, 0, 0, /* replaced with offset of this symbol in .got. */ |
| 6673 | 0x83, 0xe1, 0xe0, /* andl $NACLMASK, %ecx */ |
| 6674 | 0xff, 0xe1, /* jmp *%ecx */ |
| 6675 | |
| 6676 | /* Pad to the next 32-byte boundary with nop instructions. */ |
| 6677 | 0x90, |
| 6678 | 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, |
| 6679 | 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, |
| 6680 | |
| 6681 | /* Lazy GOT entries point here (32-byte aligned). */ |
| 6682 | 0x68, /* pushl immediate */ |
| 6683 | 0, 0, 0, 0, /* replaced with offset into relocation table. */ |
| 6684 | 0xe9, /* jmp relative */ |
| 6685 | 0, 0, 0, 0, /* replaced with offset to start of .plt. */ |
| 6686 | |
| 6687 | /* Pad to the next 32-byte boundary with nop instructions. */ |
| 6688 | 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, |
| 6689 | 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, |
| 6690 | 0x90, 0x90 |
| 6691 | }; |
| 6692 | |
| 6693 | static const bfd_byte elf_i386_nacl_eh_frame_plt[] = |
| 6694 | { |
| 6695 | #if (PLT_CIE_LENGTH != 20 \ |
| 6696 | || PLT_FDE_LENGTH != 36 \ |
| 6697 | || PLT_FDE_START_OFFSET != 4 + PLT_CIE_LENGTH + 8 \ |
| 6698 | || PLT_FDE_LEN_OFFSET != 4 + PLT_CIE_LENGTH + 12) |
| 6699 | # error "Need elf_i386_backend_data parameters for eh_frame_plt offsets!" |
| 6700 | #endif |
| 6701 | PLT_CIE_LENGTH, 0, 0, 0, /* CIE length */ |
| 6702 | 0, 0, 0, 0, /* CIE ID */ |
| 6703 | 1, /* CIE version */ |
| 6704 | 'z', 'R', 0, /* Augmentation string */ |
| 6705 | 1, /* Code alignment factor */ |
| 6706 | 0x7c, /* Data alignment factor: -4 */ |
| 6707 | 8, /* Return address column */ |
| 6708 | 1, /* Augmentation size */ |
| 6709 | DW_EH_PE_pcrel | DW_EH_PE_sdata4, /* FDE encoding */ |
| 6710 | DW_CFA_def_cfa, 4, 4, /* DW_CFA_def_cfa: r4 (esp) ofs 4 */ |
| 6711 | DW_CFA_offset + 8, 1, /* DW_CFA_offset: r8 (eip) at cfa-4 */ |
| 6712 | DW_CFA_nop, DW_CFA_nop, |
| 6713 | |
| 6714 | PLT_FDE_LENGTH, 0, 0, 0, /* FDE length */ |
| 6715 | PLT_CIE_LENGTH + 8, 0, 0, 0, /* CIE pointer */ |
| 6716 | 0, 0, 0, 0, /* R_386_PC32 .plt goes here */ |
| 6717 | 0, 0, 0, 0, /* .plt size goes here */ |
| 6718 | 0, /* Augmentation size */ |
| 6719 | DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset, 8, /* DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset: 8 */ |
| 6720 | DW_CFA_advance_loc + 6, /* DW_CFA_advance_loc: 6 to __PLT__+6 */ |
| 6721 | DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset, 12, /* DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset: 12 */ |
| 6722 | DW_CFA_advance_loc + 58, /* DW_CFA_advance_loc: 58 to __PLT__+64 */ |
| 6723 | DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression, /* DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression */ |
| 6724 | 13, /* Block length */ |
| 6725 | DW_OP_breg4, 4, /* DW_OP_breg4 (esp): 4 */ |
| 6726 | DW_OP_breg8, 0, /* DW_OP_breg8 (eip): 0 */ |
| 6727 | DW_OP_const1u, 63, DW_OP_and, DW_OP_const1u, 37, DW_OP_ge, |
| 6728 | DW_OP_lit2, DW_OP_shl, DW_OP_plus, |
| 6729 | DW_CFA_nop, DW_CFA_nop |
| 6730 | }; |
| 6731 | |
| 6732 | static const struct elf_x86_lazy_plt_layout elf_i386_nacl_plt = |
| 6733 | { |
| 6734 | elf_i386_nacl_plt0_entry, /* plt0_entry */ |
| 6735 | sizeof (elf_i386_nacl_plt0_entry), /* plt0_entry_size */ |
| 6736 | elf_i386_nacl_plt_entry, /* plt_entry */ |
| 6737 | NACL_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE, /* plt_entry_size */ |
| 6738 | 2, /* plt0_got1_offset */ |
| 6739 | 8, /* plt0_got2_offset */ |
| 6740 | 0, /* plt0_got2_insn_end */ |
| 6741 | 2, /* plt_got_offset */ |
| 6742 | 33, /* plt_reloc_offset */ |
| 6743 | 38, /* plt_plt_offset */ |
| 6744 | 0, /* plt_got_insn_size */ |
| 6745 | 0, /* plt_plt_insn_end */ |
| 6746 | 32, /* plt_lazy_offset */ |
| 6747 | elf_i386_nacl_pic_plt0_entry, /* pic_plt0_entry */ |
| 6748 | elf_i386_nacl_pic_plt_entry, /* pic_plt_entry */ |
| 6749 | elf_i386_nacl_eh_frame_plt, /* eh_frame_plt */ |
| 6750 | sizeof (elf_i386_nacl_eh_frame_plt) /* eh_frame_plt_size */ |
| 6751 | }; |
| 6752 | |
| 6753 | static const struct elf_i386_backend_data elf_i386_nacl_arch_bed = |
| 6754 | { |
| 6755 | 0x90, /* plt0_pad_byte: nop insn */ |
| 6756 | is_nacl /* os */ |
| 6757 | }; |
| 6758 | |
| 6759 | static bfd_boolean |
| 6760 | elf32_i386_nacl_elf_object_p (bfd *abfd) |
| 6761 | { |
| 6762 | /* Set the right machine number for a NaCl i386 ELF32 file. */ |
| 6763 | bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, bfd_arch_i386, bfd_mach_i386_i386_nacl); |
| 6764 | return TRUE; |
| 6765 | } |
| 6766 | |
| 6767 | #undef elf_backend_arch_data |
| 6768 | #define elf_backend_arch_data &elf_i386_nacl_arch_bed |
| 6769 | |
| 6770 | #undef elf_backend_object_p |
| 6771 | #define elf_backend_object_p elf32_i386_nacl_elf_object_p |
| 6772 | #undef elf_backend_modify_segment_map |
| 6773 | #define elf_backend_modify_segment_map nacl_modify_segment_map |
| 6774 | #undef elf_backend_modify_program_headers |
| 6775 | #define elf_backend_modify_program_headers nacl_modify_program_headers |
| 6776 | #undef elf_backend_final_write_processing |
| 6777 | #define elf_backend_final_write_processing nacl_final_write_processing |
| 6778 | |
| 6779 | #include "elf32-target.h" |
| 6780 | |
| 6781 | /* Restore defaults. */ |
| 6782 | #undef elf_backend_object_p |
| 6783 | #undef elf_backend_modify_segment_map |
| 6784 | #undef elf_backend_modify_program_headers |
| 6785 | #undef elf_backend_final_write_processing |
| 6786 | |
| 6787 | /* VxWorks support. */ |
| 6788 | |
| 6789 | #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM |
| 6790 | #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM i386_elf32_vxworks_vec |
| 6791 | #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME |
| 6792 | #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-i386-vxworks" |
| 6793 | #undef ELF_OSABI |
| 6794 | #undef ELF_MAXPAGESIZE |
| 6795 | #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x1000 |
| 6796 | #undef elf_backend_plt_alignment |
| 6797 | #define elf_backend_plt_alignment 4 |
| 6798 | |
| 6799 | static const struct elf_i386_backend_data elf_i386_vxworks_arch_bed = |
| 6800 | { |
| 6801 | 0x90, /* plt0_pad_byte */ |
| 6802 | is_vxworks /* os */ |
| 6803 | }; |
| 6804 | |
| 6805 | #undef elf_backend_arch_data |
| 6806 | #define elf_backend_arch_data &elf_i386_vxworks_arch_bed |
| 6807 | |
| 6808 | #undef elf_backend_relocs_compatible |
| 6809 | #undef elf_backend_add_symbol_hook |
| 6810 | #define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook \ |
| 6811 | elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook |
| 6812 | #undef elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook |
| 6813 | #define elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook \ |
| 6814 | elf_vxworks_link_output_symbol_hook |
| 6815 | #undef elf_backend_emit_relocs |
| 6816 | #define elf_backend_emit_relocs elf_vxworks_emit_relocs |
| 6817 | #undef elf_backend_final_write_processing |
| 6818 | #define elf_backend_final_write_processing \ |
| 6819 | elf_vxworks_final_write_processing |
| 6820 | #undef elf_backend_static_tls_alignment |
| 6821 | |
| 6822 | /* On VxWorks, we emit relocations against _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_, so |
| 6823 | define it. */ |
| 6824 | #undef elf_backend_want_plt_sym |
| 6825 | #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 1 |
| 6826 | |
| 6827 | #undef elf32_bed |
| 6828 | #define elf32_bed elf32_i386_vxworks_bed |
| 6829 | |
| 6830 | #include "elf32-target.h" |